1 #LyX 1.6.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
68 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
69 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
73 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
74 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
75 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
125 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
127 \begin_inset CommandInset href
129 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
140 \begin_inset Newline newline
144 \begin_inset Newline newline
148 \begin_inset Note Note
151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
153 \begin_inset Newline newline
158 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
166 \begin_layout Standard
167 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
168 LatexCommand tableofcontents
175 \begin_layout Chapter
179 \begin_layout Section
183 \begin_layout Standard
184 LyX is a document preparation system.
185 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
186 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
187 It is unlike most other
188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
195 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
197 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
210 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
213 pt type, left justified, 5
214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
226 \begin_layout Standard
227 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
240 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
244 \begin_layout Standard
246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
257 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
258 the format of all of the manuals.
259 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
260 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
277 \begin_layout Section
281 \begin_layout Standard
282 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
284 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
285 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
287 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 arg "command-execute"
308 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
311 \begin_layout Standard
312 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
313 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
314 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
316 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
317 only a vertical scrollbar.
318 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
319 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
320 This, however, is due
321 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
322 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
323 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
324 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
326 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
327 this doesn't work for equations yet.
330 \begin_layout Standard
331 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
339 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
344 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
345 ing sections of this documentation.
348 \begin_layout Section
352 \begin_layout Standard
353 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
358 of the manuals from inside LyX.
359 Just select the manual you want read from the
366 \begin_layout Section
368 \begin_inset CommandInset label
370 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
377 \begin_layout Standard
378 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
379 without resorting to configuration files.
380 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
381 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
382 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
397 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
398 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
399 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
403 \begin_inset space \space{}
406 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
407 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
409 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
417 Reconfiguration of LyX
422 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
425 \begin_layout Section
427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
429 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
436 \begin_layout Standard
437 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
438 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
461 that will be created when using the menu
463 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
482 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
483 \begin_inset Note Note
486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
487 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
495 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
496 More about TeX Code is described in section
501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
503 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
507 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
514 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
528 Reconfiguration of LyX
536 \begin_layout Chapter
540 \begin_layout Section
541 Basic File Operations
545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
554 \begin_layout Standard
559 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
560 in addition to some more advanced operations:
563 \begin_layout Itemize
567 \begin_inset Graphics
568 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
576 \begin_layout Itemize
594 \begin_layout Itemize
600 \begin_inset Graphics
601 filename ../images/file-open.png
602 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
609 \begin_layout Itemize
615 \begin_layout Itemize
621 \begin_inset Graphics
622 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
630 \begin_layout Itemize
640 \begin_layout Itemize
654 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_layout Itemize
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_inset Graphics
683 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
684 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
691 \begin_layout Itemize
697 \begin_layout Standard
698 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
699 a few minor differences.
702 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
717 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
718 you for a template to use.
719 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
720 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
721 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
729 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
736 \begin_layout Standard
738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
761 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
762 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
765 \begin_layout Standard
786 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
791 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
816 will reload the document from disk.
817 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
818 and want to restore it to the last save.
827 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
828 can identify them as your changes.
831 \begin_layout Section
832 Basic Editing Features
836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
845 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
852 \begin_layout Standard
853 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
854 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
855 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
856 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
858 We'll start with cut and paste.
861 \begin_layout Standard
862 As you might expect, the
866 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
867 various other editing features.
868 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
872 \begin_layout Itemize
878 \begin_inset Graphics
879 filename ../images/cut.png
880 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
887 \begin_layout Itemize
893 \begin_inset Graphics
894 filename ../images/copy.png
895 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
902 \begin_layout Itemize
908 \begin_inset Graphics
909 filename ../images/paste.png
910 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
917 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_layout Itemize
937 \begin_layout Itemize
951 \begin_inset Graphics
952 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
953 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
961 \begin_layout Standard
962 The first three are self-explanatory.
963 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
964 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
973 keys also functions as the
978 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
979 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
984 to get back the lost text.
987 \begin_layout Standard
991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
997 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1006 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1009 \begin_layout Standard
1012 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1014 \begin_inset space ~
1017 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1019 \begin_inset space ~
1023 \begin_inset space ~
1028 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1034 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1038 \begin_inset space ~
1043 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1044 will start a new paragraph.
1047 \begin_layout Standard
1051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1069 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1071 \begin_inset space ~
1075 \begin_inset space ~
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1087 \begin_inset space ~
1093 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1098 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 button to skip the current word.
1119 \begin_inset space ~
1124 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1128 \begin_inset space ~
1133 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1135 If the toggle is set, searching for
1136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1147 will not match the word
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1162 Match whole words only
1164 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1195 \begin_layout Standard
1196 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1197 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1199 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1204 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1211 \begin_layout Section
1216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1235 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1242 \begin_layout Standard
1243 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1244 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1247 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1250 or the toolbar button
1251 \begin_inset Graphics
1252 filename ../images/undo.png
1253 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1257 to undo some mistake.
1258 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1260 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1263 or the toolbar button
1264 \begin_inset Graphics
1265 filename ../images/redo.png
1266 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1278 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1282 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1285 \begin_layout Standard
1286 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1295 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1296 This is a consequence of the 100
1297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1300 step undo limit, above.
1303 \begin_layout Standard
1312 work on almost everything in LyX.
1313 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1317 \begin_layout Section
1322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1331 \begin_layout Standard
1332 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1335 \begin_layout Enumerate
1340 \begin_layout Itemize
1345 once anywhere in the edit window.
1346 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1350 \begin_layout Enumerate
1355 \begin_layout Itemize
1361 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1364 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1367 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1370 \begin_layout Itemize
1371 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1373 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1380 \begin_layout Enumerate
1381 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1385 \begin_layout Standard
1386 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1387 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1391 \begin_layout Enumerate
1396 \begin_layout Standard
1401 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1406 \begin_layout Section
1408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1410 name "sec:Navigating"
1418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1427 \begin_layout Standard
1428 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1431 \begin_layout Itemize
1436 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1437 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1440 \begin_layout Itemize
1443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1446 or the toolbar button
1447 \begin_inset Graphics
1448 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1449 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1456 \begin_layout Standard
1457 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1458 (TOC) that is described in section
1459 \begin_inset space ~
1463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1465 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1470 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1471 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1472 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1473 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1474 to the document, see section
1475 \begin_inset space ~
1479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1481 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1490 option sorts the current list, and the
1494 option keeps it in the current view state.
1495 Keeping means that when you have e.
1496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1500 \begin_inset space \space{}
1503 the subsections of section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1507 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1511 3, the subsections of section
1512 \begin_inset space ~
1515 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1520 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1521 \begin_inset space ~
1527 \begin_layout Standard
1529 \begin_inset space \space{}
1533 \begin_inset Graphics
1534 filename ../images/down.png
1535 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1540 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1545 \begin_inset space \space{}
1549 \begin_inset Graphics
1550 filename ../images/up.png
1551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1556 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1560 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1562 So you can for example move section
1563 \begin_inset space ~
1567 \begin_inset space ~
1571 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1573 \begin_inset Graphics
1574 filename ../images/promote.png
1575 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1580 \begin_inset Graphics
1581 filename ../images/demote.png
1582 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1586 or the corresponding key bindings
1594 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1595 So you can for example make section
1596 \begin_inset space ~
1600 \begin_inset space ~
1604 \begin_inset space ~
1610 \begin_layout Section
1612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1622 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1671 \begin_layout Standard
1672 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1674 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1675 is used to propose completions.
1678 \begin_layout Standard
1679 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1680 there are completions available.
1681 You can then press the
1685 key to use this completion.
1686 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1687 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1688 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1695 \begin_layout Standard
1696 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1698 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1701 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1703 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1706 by deselecting the option
1713 Automatic inline completion
1715 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1716 To accept this proposal, use the
1725 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1726 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1728 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1734 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1741 \begin_layout Section
1746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1819 \begin_layout Standard
1820 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1821 LyX's default is CUA.
1824 \begin_layout Standard
1828 \begin_inset space ~
1836 \begin_inset space ~
1857 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1861 \begin_layout Labeling
1862 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1866 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1867 LatexCommand nomenclature
1869 description "Tabulator key"
1875 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1876 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1877 \begin_inset space ~
1881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1883 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1890 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1894 , especially section
1895 \begin_inset space ~
1899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1901 reference "sub:Lists"
1907 If you're still confused, look in the
1914 \begin_layout Labeling
1915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1919 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1920 LatexCommand nomenclature
1922 description "Escape key"
1929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1936 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1937 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1940 \begin_layout Labeling
1941 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1947 \begin_inset space ~
1951 \begin_inset space ~
1958 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1959 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1963 \begin_layout Standard
1964 There are three modifier keys:
1967 \begin_layout Labeling
1968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1986 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1987 LatexCommand nomenclature
1989 description "Control key"
1993 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1994 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1998 \begin_layout Itemize
2007 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2010 \begin_layout Itemize
2019 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2022 \begin_layout Itemize
2031 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2035 \begin_layout Labeling
2036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2054 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2055 LatexCommand nomenclature
2057 description "Shift key"
2061 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2062 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2065 \begin_layout Labeling
2066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2084 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2085 LatexCommand nomenclature
2087 description "Alt or Meta key"
2091 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2092 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2093 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2099 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2101 menu accelerator keys
2104 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2105 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2109 \begin_layout Standard
2110 For example, the sequence
2111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2117 \begin_inset space ~
2121 \begin_inset space ~
2127 \begin_inset space ~
2135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2158 \begin_inset space ~
2164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2174 \begin_layout Standard
2175 There are also other things bound to the
2179 key, but you'll have to check in the
2191 \begin_layout Standard
2192 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2193 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2194 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2195 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2196 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2197 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2198 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2199 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2215 followed by a capital
2222 \begin_layout Standard
2223 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2225 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2230 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2233 as explained in sec.
2234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2240 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2245 \begin_inset Formula \[
2253 \begin_layout Chapter
2258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2267 \begin_layout Section
2272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2281 \begin_layout Subsection
2285 \begin_layout Standard
2286 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2287 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2288 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2289 numbering schemes, and so on.
2290 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2291 and format the title of your document differently.
2294 \begin_layout Standard
2299 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2300 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2301 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2302 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2303 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2306 \begin_layout Standard
2307 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2308 how to adjust their properties.
2311 \begin_layout Subsection
2316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2325 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2332 \begin_layout Standard
2333 You can select a class using the
2335 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2349 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2353 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2358 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2362 \begin_layout Description
2363 Article for basic articles
2366 \begin_layout Description
2367 Report for basic reports
2370 \begin_layout Description
2371 Book for writing a book
2374 \begin_layout Description
2375 Letter for US-style letters
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2381 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2382 can be found in chapter
2384 Special Document Classes
2393 \begin_layout Description
2394 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2397 \begin_layout Description
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2413 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2417 \begin_layout Description
2418 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2419 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2420 There are three article layouts available.
2421 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2422 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2423 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2424 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2429 sequential numbering
2430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2433 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2434 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2435 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2436 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2439 \begin_layout Description
2440 Beamer Layout for presentations
2443 \begin_layout Description
2444 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2445 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2449 \begin_layout Description
2451 \begin_inset space ~
2454 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2457 \begin_layout Description
2458 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2461 \begin_layout Description
2464 Die TeXnische Komödie
2466 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2469 \begin_layout Description
2470 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2473 \begin_layout Description
2474 Foils Used to make transparencies
2477 \begin_layout Description
2478 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2483 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2487 \begin_layout Description
2488 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2489 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2492 \begin_layout Description
2493 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2496 \begin_layout Description
2497 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2502 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2509 \begin_layout Description
2514 LaTeX document class
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2521 \begin_layout Description
2526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2533 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2534 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2536 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 Slides Used to make transparencies
2543 \begin_layout Description
2545 \begin_inset space ~
2548 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2549 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2552 \begin_layout Description
2553 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2556 \begin_layout Description
2561 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2564 \begin_layout Standard
2565 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2567 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2572 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2573 of the document classes.
2576 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2597 \begin_layout Standard
2598 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2599 in the chosen document class.
2600 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2602 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2603 the corresponding module in the
2609 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2623 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2627 \begin_layout Standard
2628 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2637 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2645 \begin_layout Standard
2646 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2654 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2662 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2666 \begin_layout Standard
2667 Each class has a default set of options.
2668 Here's a quick table describing them:
2671 \begin_layout Standard
2672 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2678 \begin_layout Standard
2680 \begin_inset Tabular
2681 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2687 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Standard
3142 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3148 \begin_layout Standard
3149 You're probably also wondering what
3150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3154 \begin_inset space ~
3158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3162 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3163 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3168 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3173 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3183 headings, there are also
3191 headings, and so on.
3192 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3193 \begin_inset space ~
3197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3199 reference "sub:Headings"
3206 \begin_layout Subsection
3208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3210 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3239 \begin_layout Standard
3240 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3242 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3253 \begin_inset space ~
3258 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3260 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3261 to use for your document.
3262 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3266 \begin_layout Standard
3273 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3279 \begin_inset space ~
3284 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3285 You can choose between the following five options:
3288 \begin_layout Labeling
3289 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3294 Use default page style of current class.
3297 \begin_layout Labeling
3298 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3303 No page numbers or headings.
3306 \begin_layout Labeling
3307 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3315 \begin_layout Labeling
3316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3321 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3322 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3323 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3326 \begin_layout Labeling
3327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3332 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3342 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3348 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3349 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3351 Check the documentation for the
3355 package for more details,
3356 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3365 \begin_layout Standard
3370 of paragraphs is described in section
3371 \begin_inset space ~
3375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3377 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3384 \begin_layout Subsection
3385 Paper Size and Orientation
3389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3390 Document ! Paper size
3396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3398 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3405 \begin_layout Standard
3406 You'll find the following options in the menu
3409 \begin_inset space ~
3414 of the dialog of the
3416 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 \begin_layout Labeling
3435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3439 \begin_inset space ~
3444 What size paper to print on.
3448 \begin_layout Itemize
3454 \begin_layout Itemize
3464 \begin_layout Itemize
3470 \begin_layout Itemize
3476 \begin_layout Itemize
3482 \begin_layout Itemize
3488 \begin_layout Itemize
3494 \begin_layout Labeling
3495 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3500 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3511 \begin_layout Labeling
3512 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3516 \begin_inset space ~
3521 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3522 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3525 \begin_layout Subsection
3527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3556 \begin_layout Standard
3557 Paper margins are set in the menu
3559 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3575 \begin_layout Standard
3576 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3577 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3578 the paper format and the font size into account.
3581 \begin_layout Subsection
3585 \begin_layout Standard
3586 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3591 That includes the paragraph environments.
3592 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3593 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3594 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3595 paragraph environments to
3599 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3600 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3601 the conversion and why it failed.
3604 \begin_layout Section
3605 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3610 Paragraph ! Indentation
3618 \begin_layout Subsection
3620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3622 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3629 \begin_layout Standard
3630 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3631 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3634 \begin_layout Standard
3635 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3636 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3637 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3638 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3642 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3648 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3649 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3650 language than English.
3651 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3654 \begin_layout Standard
3655 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3656 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3658 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3659 LyX takes care of that.
3660 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3662 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3663 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3664 of a page, and so on.
3668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3669 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3674 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3675 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3679 of these pre-coded spacings.
3680 We'll explain more later.
3683 \begin_layout Subsection
3684 Paragraph Separation
3688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3689 Paragraph ! Separation
3697 \begin_layout Standard
3698 To separate paragraphs, select
3709 \begin_inset space ~
3716 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3729 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3730 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3731 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3734 \begin_layout Standard
3744 \begin_layout Standard
3745 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3746 \begin_inset space ~
3750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3752 reference "cap:Units"
3757 The default length is 30
3758 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3764 \begin_layout Subsection
3768 \begin_layout Standard
3769 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3772 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3774 \begin_inset space ~
3779 dialog and toggle the
3782 \begin_inset space ~
3787 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3788 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3789 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3793 \begin_layout Standard
3794 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3795 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3804 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3812 \begin_layout Standard
3815 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3831 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3834 \begin_inset space ~
3843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3844 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3853 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3858 installed to use this feature.
3866 \begin_layout Section
3867 Paragraph Environments
3868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3870 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3879 Paragraph ! Environments
3888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3889 Paragraph environments|(
3897 \begin_layout Subsection
3901 \begin_layout Standard
3902 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3905 \begin_layout Standard
3924 \begin_inset Newline newline
3927 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3928 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3929 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3938 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3941 \begin_layout Standard
3942 A paragraph environment is simply a
3943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3950 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3951 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3952 scheme, labels, and so on.
3953 Additionally, you can
3954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3961 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3962 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3963 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3964 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3965 days of typewriters.
3966 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3968 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3971 \begin_layout Standard
3972 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3973 \begin_inset Graphics
3974 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3980 at the left end of the toolbar.
3981 LyX will change the environment of the
3985 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3986 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3987 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3991 \begin_layout Standard
4000 create a new paragraph using the
4004 paragraph environment.
4006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4013 because if you are in one of these environments:
4016 \begin_layout Itemize
4022 \begin_layout Itemize
4028 \begin_layout Itemize
4034 \begin_layout Itemize
4040 \begin_layout Itemize
4046 \begin_layout Itemize
4052 \begin_layout Itemize
4058 \begin_layout Standard
4059 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4063 , rather than resetting it to
4068 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4069 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4070 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4071 \begin_inset space ~
4075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4077 reference "sec:Nesting"
4082 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4087 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4088 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4092 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4098 \begin_layout Subsection
4102 \begin_layout Standard
4103 The default paragraph environment is
4108 It creates a plain paragraph.
4109 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4110 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4111 this manual) are in the
4118 \begin_layout Standard
4119 You can nest a paragraph using the
4123 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4131 \begin_layout Subsection
4136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4145 \begin_layout Standard
4146 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4155 for thanks or contact information.
4156 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4157 page along with today's date.
4158 For other types of documents, the title
4159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4166 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4170 \begin_layout Standard
4171 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4185 Here's how you use them:
4188 \begin_layout Itemize
4189 Put the title of your document in the
4196 \begin_layout Itemize
4197 Put the author name in the
4204 \begin_layout Itemize
4205 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4206 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4212 Note that using this environment is optional.
4213 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4214 If you don't want any date, add the line
4215 \begin_inset Newline newline
4225 \begin_inset Newline newline
4228 to the preamble of your document (menu
4230 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4236 \begin_layout Standard
4237 You can use footnotes to insert
4238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4245 or contact informations.
4248 \begin_layout Subsection
4253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4269 \begin_layout Standard
4270 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4271 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4280 Section headings ! Numbered
4288 \begin_layout Standard
4289 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4293 \begin_layout Enumerate
4299 \begin_layout Enumerate
4305 \begin_layout Enumerate
4311 \begin_layout Enumerate
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4323 \begin_layout Enumerate
4329 \begin_layout Enumerate
4335 \begin_layout Standard
4336 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4337 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4338 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4341 \begin_layout Standard
4342 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4343 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4344 You group the book into chapters.
4345 LyX does similar grouping:
4348 \begin_layout Itemize
4353 is divided in either
4364 \begin_layout Itemize
4376 \begin_layout Itemize
4388 \begin_layout Itemize
4400 \begin_layout Itemize
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4424 \begin_layout Standard
4425 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4433 Not all document types use the
4437 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4442 is the top-level heading.
4450 \begin_layout Standard
4455 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4456 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4458 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4470 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4476 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4484 \begin_layout Standard
4485 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4489 \begin_layout Enumerate
4495 \begin_layout Enumerate
4501 \begin_layout Enumerate
4507 \begin_layout Enumerate
4513 \begin_layout Enumerate
4519 \begin_layout Standard
4521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4528 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4529 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4530 table of contents, see section
4531 \begin_inset space ~
4535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4545 Changing the Numbering
4546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4548 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4555 \begin_layout Standard
4556 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4557 in the Table of Contents.
4558 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4560 Certain classes start with
4574 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4584 This is something you can change.
4587 \begin_layout Standard
4590 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4610 \begin_inset space ~
4614 \begin_inset space ~
4619 you'll see two counters.
4624 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4626 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4630 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4631 Short Titles of Headings
4635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4636 Section headings ! Short titles
4645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4654 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4661 \begin_layout Standard
4662 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4663 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4664 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4665 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4668 \begin_layout Standard
4669 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4670 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4671 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4672 To specify a short title, use the menu
4674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4676 \begin_inset space ~
4682 This will insert a box labeled
4683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4698 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4699 This also works for captions inside floats.
4702 \begin_layout Standard
4703 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4706 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4710 \begin_layout Standard
4711 The following information applies to all section headings:
4714 \begin_layout Itemize
4715 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4718 \begin_layout Itemize
4719 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4722 \begin_layout Itemize
4723 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4726 \begin_layout Itemize
4727 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4730 \begin_layout Subsection
4731 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4734 \begin_layout Standard
4735 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4749 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4750 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4751 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4752 the text they contain.
4753 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4761 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4764 \begin_layout Standard
4765 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4774 when you start a new paragraph.
4775 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4779 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4780 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4781 to change back to the
4785 environment yourself.
4788 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4817 \begin_layout Standard
4818 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4819 time for the differences.
4828 are identical except for one difference:
4832 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4841 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4844 \begin_layout Standard
4845 Here's an example of the
4858 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4860 See -- no indentation!
4864 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4865 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4866 the other paragraph.
4869 \begin_layout Standard
4870 Here's another example, this time in the
4877 \begin_layout Quotation
4883 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4884 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4885 the first line, then
4889 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4893 you were quoting other text.
4896 \begin_layout Quotation
4897 Here's a new paragraph.
4898 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4899 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4902 \begin_layout Standard
4903 As the examples show,
4907 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4908 They should put quotes in the
4913 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4917 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4920 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4957 \begin_layout Standard
4962 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4968 \begin_inset Newline newline
4971 Which I did not rehearse!
4975 It could be much worse.
4976 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4978 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4979 indented a bit more than the first.
4980 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4986 \begin_inset Newline newline
4989 And make things look fine
4990 \begin_inset Newline newline
4996 arg "newline-insert newline"
5002 \begin_layout Standard
5007 does not indent both margins.
5008 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5009 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5016 arg "newline-insert newline"
5022 \begin_layout Subsection
5027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5043 \begin_layout Standard
5044 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5054 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5063 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5064 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5065 some general features of all four of them.
5068 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5072 \begin_layout Standard
5073 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5075 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5084 reset the environment to
5088 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5089 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5090 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5094 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5097 to break paragraphs.
5100 \begin_layout Standard
5101 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5102 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5104 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5105 you read all of section
5106 \begin_inset space ~
5110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5112 reference "sec:Nesting"
5120 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5145 \begin_layout Standard
5146 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5150 paragraph environment.
5151 It has the following properties:
5154 \begin_layout Itemize
5155 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5159 \begin_layout Itemize
5160 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5163 \begin_layout Itemize
5164 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5168 \begin_layout Itemize
5169 The items can have any length.
5170 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5171 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5178 \begin_layout Itemize
5183 environment inside another
5187 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5191 \begin_layout Itemize
5192 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5195 \begin_layout Itemize
5196 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5199 \begin_layout Itemize
5201 \begin_inset space ~
5205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5207 reference "sec:Nesting"
5211 for a full explanation of nesting.
5215 \begin_layout Standard
5216 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5225 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5228 \begin_layout Standard
5229 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5230 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5231 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5234 \begin_layout Itemize
5235 The label for the first level
5239 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5243 \begin_layout Itemize
5244 The label for the second level is a dash.
5248 \begin_layout Itemize
5249 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5253 \begin_layout Itemize
5254 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5258 \begin_layout Itemize
5259 Back out to the third level.
5263 \begin_layout Itemize
5264 Back to the second level.
5268 \begin_layout Itemize
5269 Back to the outermost level.
5272 \begin_layout Standard
5273 These are the default labels for an
5278 You can customize these labels in the
5280 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5283 dialog in the submenu
5293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5302 \begin_layout Standard
5303 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5304 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5306 \begin_inset space ~
5310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5312 reference "sec:Nesting"
5319 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5335 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5337 name "sec:Enumerate"
5344 \begin_layout Standard
5349 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5350 It has these properties:
5353 \begin_layout Enumerate
5354 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5358 \begin_layout Enumerate
5359 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5363 \begin_layout Enumerate
5364 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5367 \begin_layout Enumerate
5372 environment resets the counter to one.
5375 \begin_layout Enumerate
5388 \begin_layout Enumerate
5389 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5390 Items can have any length.
5393 \begin_layout Enumerate
5394 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5397 \begin_layout Enumerate
5398 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5401 \begin_layout Enumerate
5402 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5406 \begin_layout Standard
5415 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5416 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5423 \begin_layout Enumerate
5424 The first level of an
5428 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5432 \begin_layout Enumerate
5433 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5437 \begin_layout Enumerate
5438 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5442 \begin_layout Enumerate
5443 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5446 \begin_layout Enumerate
5447 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5452 \begin_layout Enumerate
5453 Back to the third level
5457 \begin_layout Enumerate
5458 Back to the second level.
5462 \begin_layout Enumerate
5463 Back to the outermost level.
5466 \begin_layout Standard
5467 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5472 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5477 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5481 \begin_layout Standard
5482 There is more to nesting
5486 environments than we've stated here.
5487 You should read section
5488 \begin_inset space ~
5492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5494 reference "sec:Nesting"
5498 to learn more about nesting.
5501 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5519 \begin_layout Standard
5520 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5524 list has no fixed label.
5525 Instead, LyX uses the first
5526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5533 of the first line as the label.
5537 \begin_layout Description
5538 Example: This is an example of the
5545 \begin_layout Standard
5546 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5550 \begin_layout Standard
5552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5559 it is meant that the first hit of the
5563 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5565 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5573 arg "space-insert protected"
5578 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5579 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5581 \begin_inset space ~
5587 \begin_inset space ~
5591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5593 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5597 for more info.) Here is an example:
5600 \begin_layout Description
5602 \begin_inset space ~
5605 Example: This one shows how to use a
5608 \begin_inset space ~
5620 \begin_layout Description
5621 Usage: You should use the
5625 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5626 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5628 It's not a good idea to use a
5632 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5633 You're better off using
5645 paragraphs into them.
5648 \begin_layout Description
5649 Nesting: You can nest
5653 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5657 \begin_layout Standard
5658 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5659 them from the first line.
5662 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5680 \begin_layout Standard
5685 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5688 \begin_layout Standard
5689 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5697 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5702 environment is named
5714 \begin_layout Standard
5723 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5724 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5727 \begin_layout Labeling
5728 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5730 \begin_inset space ~
5733 labels LyX uses the first
5734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5741 of each line as the item label.
5746 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5747 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5748 blank as described above.
5751 \begin_layout Labeling
5752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5753 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5754 the body of the item text.
5755 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5756 label width plus a little extra space.
5760 \begin_layout Labeling
5761 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5763 \begin_inset space ~
5766 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5768 If the label width is larger, the label
5769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5776 into the first line.
5777 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5778 margin of the rest of the item text.
5781 \begin_layout Labeling
5782 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5784 \begin_inset space ~
5787 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5792 environment have the same left margin.
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5796 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5799 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5801 \begin_inset space ~
5810 \begin_inset space ~
5815 determines the default label width.
5816 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5825 multiple times instead.
5826 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5835 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5838 \begin_inset space ~
5843 every time you alter a label in a
5848 \begin_inset Newline newline
5851 The predefined default width is the length of
5852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5861 \begin_inset Newline newline
5865 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5873 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5874 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5882 \begin_layout Standard
5887 environment the same way like the
5891 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5897 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5901 \begin_layout Standard
5906 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5908 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5910 \begin_inset space ~
5914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5916 reference "sec:Nesting"
5920 to learn about nesting.
5923 \begin_layout Standard
5924 There is yet another feature of the
5928 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5930 You can use additional
5934 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5939 are documented in section
5940 \begin_inset space ~
5944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5946 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5951 Here are some examples:
5952 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5958 \begin_layout Labeling
5959 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5960 Left The default for
5967 \begin_layout Labeling
5968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5969 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5976 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5979 \begin_layout Labeling
5980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5981 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5985 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5992 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5995 \begin_layout Subsection
6000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6009 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6017 \begin_inset space ~
6025 \begin_layout Standard
6026 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6034 \begin_inset space ~
6040 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6041 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6042 In contrast, you can use the
6049 \begin_inset space ~
6054 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6055 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6059 \begin_layout Standard
6060 Of course, you're not limited to using
6067 \begin_inset space ~
6076 \begin_inset space ~
6081 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6082 some European academic papers.
6085 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6089 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6096 \begin_layout Standard
6101 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6102 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6106 \begin_inset space ~
6111 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6112 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6113 Here's an example of each:
6116 \begin_layout Right Address
6118 \begin_inset Newline newline
6122 \begin_inset Newline newline
6126 \begin_inset Newline newline
6129 When is it? What is today?
6132 \begin_layout Standard
6136 \begin_inset space ~
6142 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6143 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6144 Here's an example of the
6151 \begin_layout Address
6153 \begin_inset Newline newline
6156 Where do I send this
6157 \begin_inset Newline newline
6160 Your post office and country
6163 \begin_layout Standard
6164 As you can see, both
6171 \begin_inset space ~
6176 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6181 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6187 This makes sense, since
6195 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6196 Thus, you have to use
6203 arg "newline-insert newline"
6209 \begin_inset space ~
6212 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6214 \begin_inset space ~
6223 menu) to start a new line in an
6230 \begin_inset space ~
6238 \begin_layout Subsection
6242 \begin_layout Standard
6243 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6244 or list of references.
6245 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6264 \begin_layout Standard
6269 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6270 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6271 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6272 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6276 in anything else or vice versa.
6282 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6283 The book document classes ignores the
6287 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6291 in a letter document class.
6294 \begin_layout Standard
6299 environment does several things for you.
6300 First, it puts the centered label
6301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6309 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6311 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6312 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6313 the subsequent text.
6314 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6315 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6318 \begin_layout Standard
6319 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6323 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6324 The new paragraph will still be in the
6329 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6330 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6333 \begin_layout Standard
6334 \begin_inset Float figure
6339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6341 \begin_inset Graphics
6342 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6351 \begin_inset Caption
6353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6356 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6377 \begin_layout Standard
6378 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6382 environment, but since this document is in the
6383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6390 class, we can't do this.
6391 We inserted it therefore as figure
6392 \begin_inset space ~
6396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6398 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6403 If you've never heard of an
6404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6411 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6414 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6432 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6439 \begin_layout Standard
6444 environment is used to list references.
6445 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6446 only use it at the end of the document.
6451 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 When you first open a
6459 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6475 depending on the document class.
6476 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6477 Each paragraph of the
6481 environment is a bibliography entry.
6486 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6487 Each new paragraph is still in the
6494 \begin_layout Standard
6495 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6496 by using a BibTeX database.
6497 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6498 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6499 \begin_inset space ~
6503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6505 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6512 \begin_layout Subsection
6519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6520 Paragraph ! LyX code
6526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6535 \begin_layout Standard
6540 environment is another LyX extension.
6541 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6546 key as a fixed whitespace;
6550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6562 \begin_inset space ~
6567 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6572 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6573 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6576 arg "newline-insert newline"
6593 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6594 So, when you finish using the
6598 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6599 Also, you can nest the
6603 environment inside of others.
6606 \begin_layout Standard
6607 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6610 \begin_layout Itemize
6614 arg "newline-insert newline"
6617 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6622 \begin_inset space \space{}
6632 arg "newline-insert newline"
6638 \begin_layout Itemize
6642 arg "newline-insert newline"
6653 \begin_layout Itemize
6658 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6665 \begin_layout Itemize
6669 arg "space-insert protected"
6676 \begin_layout Itemize
6677 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6678 You must put at least one
6682 in any line you want blank.
6683 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6686 \begin_layout Itemize
6687 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6691 since that will insert
6696 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6699 arg "self-insert \""
6705 \begin_layout Standard
6709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6713 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6717 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6721 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6725 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6726 printf("Hello World!
6731 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6735 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6739 \begin_layout Standard
6740 This is just the standard
6741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6752 \begin_layout Standard
6757 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6758 rc-files, and so on.
6759 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6760 as if you used a typewriter.
6764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6765 Paragraph environments|)
6773 \begin_layout Section
6774 Nesting Environments
6778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6779 Nesting ! Environments
6785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6794 \begin_layout Subsection
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6801 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6803 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6805 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6817 \begin_layout Enumerate
6821 \begin_layout Enumerate
6826 \begin_layout Enumerate
6830 \begin_layout Enumerate
6835 \begin_layout Enumerate
6839 \begin_layout Standard
6840 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6841 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6844 \begin_inset space ~
6848 \begin_inset space ~
6856 \begin_inset space ~
6860 \begin_inset space ~
6869 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6870 will tell you how far you are nested).
6871 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6872 \begin_inset Graphics
6873 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6878 \begin_inset Graphics
6879 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6883 or the convenient key bindings
6894 arg "depth-increment"
6900 arg "depth-decrement"
6903 to change the nesting level.
6904 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6905 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6909 \begin_layout Standard
6910 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6911 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6912 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6913 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6916 \begin_layout Standard
6917 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6918 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6920 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6923 \begin_layout Subsection
6924 What You Can and Can't Nest
6927 \begin_layout Standard
6928 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6929 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6932 \begin_layout Standard
6933 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6934 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6935 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6938 \begin_layout Itemize
6939 Completely unnestable
6942 \begin_layout Itemize
6943 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6944 other things inside of them.
6947 \begin_layout Itemize
6948 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6952 \begin_layout Standard
6953 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6954 environments have them:
6957 \begin_layout Description
6958 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6959 Can't nest into them.
6963 \begin_layout Itemize
6969 \begin_layout Itemize
6975 \begin_layout Itemize
6981 \begin_layout Itemize
6987 \begin_layout Itemize
6994 \begin_layout Description
6996 \begin_inset space ~
6999 Nestable You can nest them.
7000 You can nest other things into them.
7004 \begin_layout Itemize
7010 \begin_layout Itemize
7016 \begin_layout Itemize
7022 \begin_layout Itemize
7028 \begin_layout Itemize
7034 \begin_layout Itemize
7040 \begin_layout Itemize
7046 \begin_layout Itemize
7053 \begin_layout Description
7054 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
7055 You can't nest anything into them.
7059 \begin_layout Itemize
7065 \begin_layout Itemize
7071 \begin_layout Itemize
7077 \begin_layout Itemize
7083 \begin_layout Itemize
7089 \begin_layout Itemize
7095 \begin_layout Itemize
7101 \begin_layout Itemize
7107 \begin_layout Itemize
7113 \begin_layout Itemize
7119 \begin_layout Itemize
7125 \begin_layout Itemize
7131 \begin_layout Itemize
7137 \begin_layout Itemize
7141 \begin_inset space ~
7147 \begin_layout Itemize
7154 \begin_layout Standard
7155 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7163 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7172 \begin_inset space ~
7176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7180 \begin_inset space \space{}
7183 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
7184 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
7185 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
7193 \begin_layout Subsection
7194 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7199 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7209 affected by nesting anyhow.
7213 \begin_layout Itemize
7217 \begin_layout Itemize
7221 \begin_layout Itemize
7225 \begin_layout Standard
7227 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7235 Figures and tables in
7239 are not affected by this.
7244 Have a look at section
7245 \begin_inset space ~
7249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7251 reference "sec:Floats"
7255 for more informations about
7262 \begin_layout Standard
7263 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7264 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7268 \begin_layout Standard
7269 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7277 of its own, it behaves just like a
7278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7285 paragraph environment.
7286 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7290 \begin_layout Standard
7291 Here's an example with a table:
7294 \begin_layout Enumerate
7299 \begin_layout Enumerate
7300 This is (a) and it's nested.
7304 \begin_layout Standard
7305 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7311 \begin_layout Standard
7313 \begin_inset Tabular
7314 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7317 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7401 \begin_layout Standard
7402 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7409 \begin_layout Enumerate
7411 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7415 \begin_layout Enumerate
7419 \begin_layout Standard
7420 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7423 \begin_layout Enumerate
7428 \begin_layout Enumerate
7429 This is (a) and it's nested.
7433 \begin_layout Standard
7434 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7440 \begin_layout Standard
7442 \begin_inset Tabular
7443 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7530 \begin_layout Standard
7531 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7537 \begin_layout Enumerate
7544 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7547 \begin_layout Enumerate
7551 \begin_layout Standard
7552 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7556 \begin_layout Standard
7557 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7559 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7562 \begin_layout Enumerate
7567 \begin_layout Enumerate
7568 This is (a) and it's nested.
7571 \begin_layout Standard
7572 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7578 \begin_layout Standard
7580 \begin_inset Tabular
7581 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7583 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7584 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7668 \begin_layout Standard
7669 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7675 \begin_layout Enumerate
7677 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7685 \begin_layout Enumerate
7689 \begin_layout Standard
7690 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7696 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7697 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7701 \begin_layout Subsection
7702 Usage and General Features
7705 \begin_layout Standard
7706 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7715 is the innermost possible depth.
7716 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7719 \begin_layout Enumerate
7720 level #1 - outermost
7724 \begin_layout Enumerate
7729 \begin_layout Enumerate
7734 \begin_layout Enumerate
7739 \begin_layout Itemize
7744 \begin_layout Itemize
7753 \begin_layout Standard
7754 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7755 both of them in the example.
7756 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7766 For example, if we tried to nest another
7771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7781 \begin_layout Subsection
7786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7795 \begin_layout Standard
7796 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7797 We have several examples of nested environments.
7798 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7802 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7803 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7806 \begin_layout Labeling
7807 \labelwidthstring MMM
7808 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7817 \begin_layout Labeling
7818 \labelwidthstring MMM
7819 #2-a This is level #2.
7820 We created it by using
7823 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7829 arg "depth-increment"
7836 \begin_layout Labeling
7837 \labelwidthstring MMM
7838 #3-a This is level #3.
7839 This time, we just hit
7846 arg "depth-increment"
7850 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7854 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7860 arg "depth-increment"
7867 \begin_layout Standard
7872 environment, nested inside of
7873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7881 So, it's at level #4.
7882 We did this by hitting
7885 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7891 arg "depth-increment"
7894 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7899 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7915 \begin_layout Standard
7920 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7923 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7929 \begin_layout Labeling
7930 \labelwidthstring MMM
7931 #4-a This is level #4.
7935 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7938 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7943 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7947 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7952 keep nesting things inside of
7953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7964 \begin_layout Labeling
7965 \labelwidthstring MMM
7966 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7971 \begin_layout Labeling
7972 \labelwidthstring MMM
7973 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7974 and this is level #6.
7975 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7979 \begin_layout Labeling
7980 \labelwidthstring MMM
7981 #5-b Back to level #5.
7985 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7991 arg "depth-decrement"
7998 \begin_layout Labeling
7999 \labelwidthstring MMM
8003 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8009 arg "depth-decrement"
8012 , we're back at level #4.
8016 \begin_layout Labeling
8017 \labelwidthstring MMM
8018 #3-b Back to level #3.
8019 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8023 \begin_layout Labeling
8024 \labelwidthstring MMM
8025 #2-b Back to level #2.
8030 \begin_layout Labeling
8031 \labelwidthstring MMM
8032 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8033 After this sentence, we'll hit
8037 and change the paragraph environment back to
8044 \begin_layout Standard
8045 We could have also used the
8061 environment in place of the
8066 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8070 Example 2: Inheritance
8073 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8074 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8077 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8086 arg "depth-increment"
8089 , after which, we'll change to the
8097 \begin_layout Enumerate
8102 environment, at level #2.
8105 \begin_layout Enumerate
8106 Notice how the nested
8110 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8114 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8118 \begin_layout Standard
8119 We ended this example by hitting
8124 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8128 and resetting the nesting depth by using
8131 arg "depth-decrement"
8137 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8138 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8151 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8159 \begin_layout Enumerate
8160 This is level #1, in an
8164 paragraph environment.
8165 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8169 \begin_layout Enumerate
8174 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8180 arg "depth-increment"
8184 Now, what happens if we nest an
8188 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8189 label be? An asterisk?
8193 \begin_layout Itemize
8203 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8204 So, its label is a bullet.
8205 (We got here by using
8208 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8214 arg "depth-increment"
8217 , then changing the environment to
8225 \begin_layout Itemize
8226 Here's level #4, produced using
8229 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8235 arg "depth-increment"
8239 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8244 \begin_layout Enumerate
8245 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8247 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8252 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8256 , because we are in the
8265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8284 \begin_layout Enumerate
8289 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8290 type of numbering does LyX use?
8293 \begin_layout Enumerate
8294 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8297 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8300 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8303 \begin_layout Enumerate
8307 arg "depth-decrement"
8310 to decrease the depth after the next
8313 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8320 \begin_layout Enumerate
8322 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8326 \begin_layout Enumerate
8328 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8329 numeral as the label.Why?
8332 \begin_layout Enumerate
8333 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8342 Notice, however, that LyX
8346 reset the counter for the label.
8350 \begin_layout Enumerate
8354 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8360 arg "depth-decrement"
8363 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8364 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8365 into the twofold-nested
8373 \begin_layout Enumerate
8374 The same thing happens if we do another
8377 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8383 arg "depth-decrement"
8386 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8389 \begin_layout Standard
8390 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8395 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8409 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8415 The same rule applies for the
8419 environment, as well.
8422 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8423 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8426 \begin_layout Enumerate
8427 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8428 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8429 same detail with how we did it.
8438 \begin_layout Standard
8446 arg "depth-increment"
8453 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8454 example in parentheses someplace.
8455 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8456 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8457 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8461 \begin_layout Enumerate
8466 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8471 Now we'll add verse.
8472 \begin_inset Newline newline
8475 It will get much worse.
8476 \begin_inset Newline newline
8486 arg "depth-increment"
8497 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8498 \begin_inset Newline newline
8501 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8502 \begin_inset Newline newline
8508 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8521 \begin_layout Standard
8522 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8528 \begin_layout Standard
8530 \begin_inset Tabular
8531 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8533 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8534 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8623 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8633 arg "depth-increment"
8639 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8649 arg "depth-decrement"
8656 \begin_layout Enumerate
8661 : level #1) This is another item.
8662 Note that selecting a
8666 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8667 3 times to put the table inside the
8675 \begin_layout Quotation
8676 We're now ending the
8680 list and changing to
8685 We're still at level #1.
8686 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8687 The next set of paragraphs is a
8688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8702 \begin_inset space ~
8707 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8711 for the letter body.
8715 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8718 to preserve the depth.
8719 Remember that you need to use
8722 arg "newline-insert newline"
8725 to create multiple lines inside the
8732 \begin_inset space ~
8742 \begin_layout Right Address
8744 \begin_inset Newline newline
8747 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8748 \begin_inset Newline newline
8754 \begin_layout Address
8756 \begin_inset space ~
8762 \begin_layout Quotation
8763 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8768 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8769 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8770 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8771 as soon as possible.
8772 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8775 \begin_layout Quotation
8776 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8777 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8778 with your order, along with payment.
8781 \begin_layout Quotation
8782 We thank you again for your patience.
8785 \begin_layout Address
8787 \begin_inset Newline newline
8794 \begin_layout Quotation
8795 That ends that example!
8798 \begin_layout Standard
8799 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8800 just a few keystrokes.
8801 We could have easily nested an
8822 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8825 \begin_layout Section
8826 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8839 \begin_layout Standard
8840 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8841 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8842 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8843 be broken at the end of a line.
8844 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8848 \begin_layout Subsection
8850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8852 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_layout Standard
8870 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8872 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8876 Further documentation is given in section
8877 \begin_inset Newline newline
8881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8883 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8891 \begin_layout Standard
8892 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8907 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8916 A protected space is set with
8918 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8919 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8923 \begin_inset space ~
8933 arg "space-insert protected"
8939 \begin_layout Subsection
8941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8943 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8952 Spacing ! Horizontal
8960 \begin_layout Standard
8961 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8963 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8964 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8968 The length units are listed in Appendix
8969 \begin_inset space ~
8973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8975 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8982 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8986 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9003 \begin_layout Standard
9005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9009 \begin_inset space \space{}
9012 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9013 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9014 \begin_inset space ~
9018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9020 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9025 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9026 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9029 arg "space-insert normal"
9035 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9039 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_layout Standard
9058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9065 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9074 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9075 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9076 inside abbreviations:
9081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9085 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9088 \begin_layout Standard
9089 or between values and units.
9090 Compare for example this:
9091 \begin_inset Newline newline
9095 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9099 \begin_inset Newline newline
9105 \begin_layout Standard
9106 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9108 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9109 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9111 \begin_inset space ~
9119 arg "space-insert thin"
9125 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9129 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9136 \begin_layout Standard
9137 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9140 \begin_layout Description
9142 \begin_inset space ~
9146 \begin_inset space ~
9150 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9154 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9158 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9161 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9164 \begin_layout Description
9166 \begin_inset space ~
9170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9174 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9178 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9182 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9189 em) space between the arrows.
9192 \begin_layout Description
9194 \begin_inset space ~
9198 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9202 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9206 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9210 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9214 \begin_inset space ~
9218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9221 em) space between the arrows.
9224 \begin_layout Description
9226 \begin_inset space ~
9230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9234 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9238 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9242 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9246 \begin_inset space ~
9250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9253 em) space between the arrows.
9256 \begin_layout Description
9258 \begin_inset space ~
9262 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9266 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9271 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9278 cm space between the arrows.
9281 \begin_layout Standard
9283 \begin_inset space ~
9287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9289 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9293 lists the different space sizes.
9296 \begin_layout Standard
9297 \begin_inset Float table
9302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9304 \begin_inset Caption
9306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9309 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9313 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9323 \begin_inset Tabular
9324 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9327 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9367 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9391 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9523 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9563 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9564 in a uniform fashion.
9565 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9566 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9567 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9568 equally between themselves.
9572 \begin_layout Standard
9573 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9578 This is on the left side
9579 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9582 This is on the right
9588 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9592 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9601 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9605 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9615 \begin_layout Standard
9616 That was an example in the
9622 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9626 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9630 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9633 is one in a standard paragraph.
9634 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9638 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9641 \begin_layout Standard
9642 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9645 \begin_inset space ~
9650 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9653 \begin_layout Standard
9655 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9659 \begin_inset space ~
9665 \begin_layout Standard
9667 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9671 \begin_inset space ~
9677 \begin_layout Standard
9679 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9683 \begin_inset space ~
9689 \begin_layout Standard
9691 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9695 \begin_inset space ~
9701 \begin_layout Standard
9703 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9707 \begin_inset space ~
9713 \begin_layout Standard
9715 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9719 \begin_inset space ~
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9734 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9738 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9739 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9740 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9744 option in the space dialog.
9752 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9766 \begin_layout Standard
9767 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9769 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9773 \begin_inset space \space{}
9776 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9779 \begin_layout Standard
9780 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9783 What is correct English?:
9784 \begin_inset Newline newline
9788 \begin_inset Newline newline
9792 \begin_inset space ~
9795 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9796 \begin_inset Newline newline
9803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9814 \begin_inset Newline newline
9821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9832 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9838 \begin_layout Standard
9839 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9844 \begin_inset space ~
9848 \begin_inset space ~
9852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9856 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9874 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9878 for more information about TeX-Code.
9884 In our case write the command
9891 (note the space after
9892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9899 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9900 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9901 That is why it is named
9902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9914 There exists also the commands
9926 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9927 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9928 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9930 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9942 \begin_layout Subsection
9944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9946 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9963 \begin_layout Standard
9964 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9966 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9967 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9969 \begin_inset space ~
9975 There you find the following sizes:
9978 \begin_layout Standard
9991 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9996 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9998 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10006 Document ! Settings
10011 for the paragraph separation.
10012 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10023 \begin_layout Standard
10032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10038 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10039 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10041 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10042 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10051 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10060 s are described in section
10061 \begin_inset space ~
10065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10067 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10076 If there are several
10080 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10081 You can therefore use
10085 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10088 \begin_layout Standard
10093 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10094 \begin_inset space ~
10098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10100 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10107 \begin_layout Standard
10108 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10118 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10119 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10131 \begin_layout Subsection
10132 Paragraph Alignment
10135 \begin_layout Standard
10136 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10138 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10142 There are four possibilities:
10145 \begin_layout Itemize
10151 \begin_layout Itemize
10157 \begin_layout Itemize
10163 \begin_layout Itemize
10169 \begin_layout Standard
10170 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10171 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10172 the left and right margins.
10173 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10176 \begin_layout Standard
10178 This paragraph is right aligned,
10181 \begin_layout Standard
10183 this one is centered,
10186 \begin_layout Standard
10188 this one is left aligned.
10191 \begin_layout Subsection
10196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10197 Page breaks ! Forced
10203 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10205 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10212 \begin_layout Standard
10213 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10214 can force a page break where you want one.
10215 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10216 Only if you use many
10220 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10223 \begin_layout Standard
10224 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
10225 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10229 have to change the page breaking.
10232 \begin_layout Standard
10233 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10235 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10237 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10238 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10240 \begin_inset space ~
10246 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10248 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10249 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10251 \begin_inset space ~
10256 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10258 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10259 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10262 \begin_layout Standard
10263 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10264 at the top of a page.
10265 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10266 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10267 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10268 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10272 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10276 to learn more about
10283 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10287 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10296 Page breaks ! Clear
10304 \begin_layout Standard
10305 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
10306 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
10307 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
10308 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
10309 if necessary by adding pages.
10312 \begin_layout Standard
10313 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10315 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10316 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10318 \begin_inset space ~
10324 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10326 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10327 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10329 \begin_inset space ~
10333 \begin_inset space ~
10338 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10339 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10342 \begin_layout Subsection
10347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10356 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10363 \begin_layout Standard
10364 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10366 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10368 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10369 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10371 \begin_inset space ~
10375 \begin_inset space ~
10383 arg "newline-insert newline"
10387 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10389 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10390 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10392 \begin_inset space ~
10396 \begin_inset space ~
10401 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10403 This is necessary to avoid
10404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10411 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10414 \begin_layout Standard
10415 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10416 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10417 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10418 set a line break, e.
10419 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10423 \begin_inset space \space{}
10426 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10427 \begin_inset space ~
10431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10433 reference "sec:Quote"
10438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10440 reference "sec:Verse"
10445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10447 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10454 \begin_layout Subsection
10456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10458 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10475 \begin_layout Standard
10480 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10481 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10483 \begin_inset space ~
10488 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10494 \begin_layout Section
10495 Characters and Symbols
10498 \begin_layout Standard
10499 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10500 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10505 \begin_inset space \space{}
10508 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10516 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10520 for informations how this is done.
10523 \begin_layout Standard
10524 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10529 dialog via the menu
10531 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10532 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10538 \begin_layout Standard
10539 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10547 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10548 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10549 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10557 \begin_layout Section
10558 Fonts and Text Styles
10559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10561 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10568 \begin_layout Subsection
10573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10582 \begin_layout Standard
10583 There are two types of fonts:
10586 \begin_layout Description
10588 \begin_inset space ~
10595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10601 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10602 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10606 characters) in the font.
10607 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10608 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10609 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10610 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10611 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10612 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10613 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10614 provide a good image.
10615 \begin_inset Newline newline
10618 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10619 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10620 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10621 sizes than at small ones.
10622 \begin_inset Newline newline
10636 \begin_inset space ~
10644 \begin_layout Description
10646 \begin_inset space ~
10653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10659 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10660 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10661 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10662 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10663 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10664 picture manipulation program.
10665 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10666 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10667 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10668 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10669 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10671 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10672 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10673 \begin_inset Newline newline
10676 Bitmap fonts are named
10679 \begin_inset space ~
10684 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10687 \begin_layout Standard
10688 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10689 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10690 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10691 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10692 use scalable fonts.
10695 \begin_layout Standard
10696 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10697 its document properties.
10700 \begin_layout Standard
10701 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10702 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10703 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10704 font to emphasize text, you use an
10705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10713 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10714 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10718 \begin_layout Subsection
10719 Document Font and Font size
10720 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10722 name "sub:Document-Font"
10730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10749 \begin_layout Standard
10750 You can set the document fonts in the
10752 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10760 Document ! Settings
10766 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10767 font shapes roman (serif),
10770 \begin_inset space ~
10782 \begin_layout Standard
10783 The possible options for the font include
10787 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10792 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10814 European Computer Modern
10817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10827 \begin_layout Standard
10836 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10837 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10842 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10845 \begin_inset space ~
10850 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10856 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10857 There are three ways to use one:
10860 \begin_layout Itemize
10861 One way is to use the
10871 Virtual means that it
10872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10883 -glyphs from other fonts.
10884 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10906 Loading the LaTeX-package
10914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10915 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10920 with the document preamble line
10921 \begin_inset Newline newline
10928 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10929 \begin_inset Newline newline
10934 will fix the guillemet problem.
10939 and that accented characters are not
10943 glyph, they are build of
10947 characters, the accent and the letter.
10948 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10952 fonts for words with accented characters.
10953 If you search for example for the French word
10954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10961 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10970 and not for the glyph
10971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10975 \begin_inset space ~
10979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10985 \begin_layout Itemize
10986 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10999 , consist of these three main font types
11002 \begin_inset space ~
11031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11035 \begin_inset space ~
11042 as typewriter font.
11043 \begin_inset Newline newline
11046 The differences between roman,
11049 \begin_inset space ~
11058 fonts are explained in section
11059 \begin_inset space ~
11063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11065 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11070 \begin_inset Newline newline
11077 was originally designed for newspapers.
11078 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
11079 into the small newspaper columns.
11084 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11087 \begin_layout Itemize
11088 The best solution is to use the
11097 These fonts were developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
11101 as the default font.
11102 In most cases they look the same as
11110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11111 One difference is improved kerning for the
11124 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11135 \begin_layout Standard
11136 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11139 For the font size there are four possible values:
11156 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11159 \begin_layout Standard
11160 The font sizes are the
11165 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11166 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11167 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11170 \begin_inset space ~
11176 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11177 \begin_inset space ~
11181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11183 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11190 \begin_layout Standard
11195 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11196 a font to display the script characters.
11200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11201 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11206 So this has no effect for the document language
11222 \begin_layout Standard
11223 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11227 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11235 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11239 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11240 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11241 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11243 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11246 dialog, see section
11247 \begin_inset space ~
11251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11253 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11265 \begin_layout Subsection
11266 Using Different Character Styles
11270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11289 \begin_layout Standard
11290 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11291 certain paragraph environments.
11292 LyX supports two character styles,
11301 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11305 \begin_layout Standard
11310 style, do one of the following:
11313 \begin_layout Itemize
11314 click on the toolbar button
11315 \begin_inset Graphics
11316 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11323 \begin_layout Itemize
11324 use the key binding
11333 \begin_layout Standard
11334 These commands are all toggles.
11339 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11342 \begin_layout Standard
11343 One typically uses the
11347 style for proper names.
11349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11356 is the original author of LyX.
11357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11363 \begin_layout Standard
11364 A more widely used character style is the
11369 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11376 \begin_layout Itemize
11377 clicking on the toolbar button
11378 \begin_inset Graphics
11379 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11386 \begin_layout Itemize
11387 using the keybindings
11396 \begin_layout Standard
11401 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11402 es use a different font.
11405 \begin_layout Standard
11406 We've been using the
11410 style all over the place in this document.
11411 Here's one more example:
11414 \begin_layout Quotation
11417 Don't overuse character styles!
11420 \begin_layout Standard
11421 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11422 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11423 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11424 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11428 \begin_layout Standard
11429 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11437 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11439 \begin_inset space ~
11447 \begin_layout Subsection
11448 Fine-Tuning with the
11453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11455 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11472 \begin_layout Standard
11473 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11474 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11475 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11476 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11477 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11478 from ordinary dialog.
11481 \begin_layout Standard
11482 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11483 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11484 \begin_inset Newline newline
11487 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11488 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11491 \begin_layout Standard
11492 To use custom character styles, open the
11494 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11496 \begin_inset space ~
11502 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11503 font property which you can choose.
11504 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11507 \begin_inset space ~
11512 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11517 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11518 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11519 environments in a snap.
11522 \begin_layout Standard
11523 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11526 \begin_inset space ~
11538 \begin_layout Labeling
11539 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11553 The possible options are:
11557 \begin_layout Labeling
11558 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11563 This is the Roman font family.
11564 Normally a serif font.
11565 It's also the default family.
11575 \begin_layout Labeling
11576 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11580 \begin_inset space ~
11587 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11599 \begin_layout Labeling
11600 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11607 This is the Typewriter font family.
11613 arg "font-typewriter"
11622 \begin_layout Labeling
11623 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11628 This corresponds to the print weight.
11633 \begin_layout Labeling
11634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11639 This is the Medium font series.
11640 It's also the default series.
11643 \begin_layout Labeling
11644 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11651 This is the Bold font series.
11664 \begin_layout Labeling
11665 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11670 As the name implies.
11675 \begin_layout Labeling
11676 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11681 This is the Upright font shape.
11682 It's also the default shape.
11685 \begin_layout Labeling
11686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11700 s the Italic font shape
11706 \begin_layout Labeling
11707 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11714 This is the Slanted font shape
11716 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11719 \begin_layout Labeling
11720 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11724 \begin_inset space ~
11731 This is the Small caps font shape
11738 \begin_layout Labeling
11739 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11744 Alters the size of the font.
11745 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11746 nal to the document font size.
11747 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11748 what you want to do.
11753 \begin_layout Labeling
11754 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11775 arg "font-size tiny"
11781 \begin_layout Labeling
11782 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11803 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11809 \begin_layout Labeling
11810 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11831 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11837 \begin_layout Labeling
11838 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11859 arg "font-size small"
11865 \begin_layout Labeling
11866 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11880 It's also the default size.
11884 arg "font-size normal"
11890 \begin_layout Labeling
11891 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11912 arg "font-size large"
11918 \begin_layout Labeling
11919 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11940 arg "font-size larger"
11946 \begin_layout Labeling
11947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11968 arg "font-size largest"
11974 \begin_layout Labeling
11975 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11996 arg "font-size huge"
12002 \begin_layout Labeling
12003 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12024 arg "font-size giant"
12031 \begin_layout Standard
12036 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12037 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12038 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12039 - use that instead.
12040 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12043 \begin_layout Labeling
12044 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12049 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12054 \begin_layout Labeling
12055 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12062 This is text with emphasize on
12065 This might seem like the same as
12069 , but it is actually a bit different.
12075 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12077 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12080 \begin_layout Labeling
12081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12088 This is text with Underbar on.
12094 arg "font-underline"
12100 \begin_inset Newline newline
12105 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12106 when you couldn't change fonts.
12107 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12108 It's only included in LyX because some people
12112 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12115 \begin_layout Labeling
12116 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12123 This is text with Noun on.
12130 , this is a logical attribute.
12131 Normally it's equivalent to
12134 \begin_inset space ~
12143 \begin_layout Labeling
12144 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12149 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12150 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12154 \begin_inset space ~
12159 , which is the default
12160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12167 and means normally black, you can choose between
12203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12212 \begin_layout Labeling
12213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12218 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12219 the language of the document.
12220 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12224 \begin_layout Standard
12225 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12226 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12228 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12230 \begin_inset space ~
12235 dialog, the settings are saved.
12236 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12237 \begin_inset Graphics
12238 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12243 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12244 when the dialog isn't visible.
12248 \begin_layout Standard
12249 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12256 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12257 (suppose you just set the shape to
12258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12276 \begin_inset space ~
12288 \begin_layout Standard
12289 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12297 \begin_inset space ~
12309 \begin_layout Itemize
12315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12322 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12340 \begin_inset Newline newline
12347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12372 \begin_inset Note Note
12375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12376 For more on phantoms see section
12377 \begin_inset space ~
12381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12383 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12393 \begin_inset Newline newline
12399 \begin_layout Itemize
12404 fonts use characters with serifs.
12405 These are the small
12406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12413 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12414 The following example will show the difference:
12415 \begin_inset Newline newline
12419 \begin_inset Newline newline
12424 text without serifs
12427 \begin_inset Newline newline
12430 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12431 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12438 \begin_layout Itemize
12444 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12445 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12448 \begin_layout Standard
12449 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12450 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12453 \begin_layout Section
12454 Printing and Previewing
12457 \begin_layout Subsection
12461 \begin_layout Standard
12462 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12463 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12464 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12465 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12466 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12469 \begin_inset space ~
12477 \begin_layout Standard
12478 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12479 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12480 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12481 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12482 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12483 This happens in two stages:
12486 \begin_layout Enumerate
12487 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12488 generating a file with the extension,
12489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12503 \begin_layout Enumerate
12504 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12508 file to produce printable output.
12512 \begin_layout Subsection
12513 Output file formats
12517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12526 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12533 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12539 File formats ! ASCII
12547 \begin_layout Standard
12548 This file type has the extension
12549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12561 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12565 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12572 \begin_layout Standard
12573 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12575 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12576 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12582 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12588 File formats ! LaTeX
12596 \begin_layout Standard
12597 This file type has the extension
12598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12609 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12611 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12612 it manually with console commands.
12613 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12614 you view or export your document.
12617 \begin_layout Standard
12618 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12620 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12621 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12638 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12652 \begin_layout Standard
12653 This file type has the extension
12654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12674 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12675 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12676 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12678 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12682 \begin_layout Standard
12683 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12691 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12692 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12697 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12698 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12699 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12700 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12703 \begin_layout Standard
12704 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12706 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12707 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12713 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12719 File formats ! PostScript
12727 \begin_layout Standard
12728 This file type has the extension
12729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12741 PostScript was developed by the company
12745 as printer language.
12746 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12748 PostScript can be seen as
12749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12752 programming language
12753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12756 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12761 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12771 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12781 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12784 \begin_layout Standard
12785 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12789 Encapsulated PostScript
12790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12793 (EPS, file extension
12794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12806 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12807 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12808 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12809 whenever you view or export your document.
12810 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12811 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12812 EPS to avoid this problem.
12815 \begin_layout Standard
12816 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12818 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12819 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12825 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12849 \begin_layout Standard
12850 This file type has the extension
12851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12867 Portable Document Format
12868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12871 (PDF) is developed by
12875 as derivative from PostScript.
12876 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12885 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12886 looks exactly the same.
12889 \begin_layout Standard
12890 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12894 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12898 (JPG, file extension
12899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12926 Portable Network Graphics
12927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12930 (PNG, file extension
12931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12943 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12944 in the background to one of these formats.
12945 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12946 will slow down your workflow.
12947 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12950 \begin_layout Standard
12951 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12953 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12956 in three different ways:
12959 \begin_layout Description
12960 PDF This uses the program
12964 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12965 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12969 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12970 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12973 \begin_layout Description
12975 \begin_inset space ~
12978 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12982 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12986 \begin_layout Description
12988 \begin_inset space ~
12991 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12995 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12998 \begin_layout Standard
12999 We recommend to use
13002 \begin_inset space ~
13011 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13017 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13020 \begin_layout Subsection
13025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13034 \begin_layout Standard
13035 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13036 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13040 and choose a file type.
13041 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13044 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13047 you can use the toolbar button
13048 \begin_inset Graphics
13049 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13056 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13061 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13063 \begin_inset space ~
13069 \begin_inset Graphics
13070 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13076 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13080 \begin_inset Graphics
13081 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13088 arg "buffer-view ps"
13094 \begin_layout Standard
13095 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13096 viewer window using the menu
13098 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13104 \begin_layout Standard
13105 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13107 To have a real output, export your document.
13110 \begin_layout Subsection
13111 Printing the File from within LyX
13112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13114 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13121 \begin_layout Standard
13122 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13123 it directly from within LyX.
13124 To print a file, select the menu
13126 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13129 or click on the toolbar button
13130 \begin_inset Graphics
13131 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13136 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13137 This file is then processed by the program
13141 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13146 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13149 \begin_layout Standard
13150 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13151 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13152 printing one set to print on the other side.
13153 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13154 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13155 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13158 \begin_layout Standard
13159 You can set the parameters in the
13162 \begin_inset space ~
13170 \begin_layout Labeling
13171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13176 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13181 Note that this printer name is for the program
13190 has to be configured for this printer name.
13191 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13192 \begin_inset space ~
13196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13198 reference "sub:Printer"
13207 The printer should understand PostScript.
13210 \begin_layout Labeling
13211 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13216 The name of a file to print to.
13217 The output will be a PostScript file.
13218 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13222 \begin_layout Section
13223 A few Words about Typography
13227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13236 \begin_layout Subsection
13241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13250 \begin_layout Standard
13252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13263 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13278 \begin_layout Enumerate
13280 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13284 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13302 \begin_layout Enumerate
13304 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13308 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13339 \begin_layout Enumerate
13341 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13345 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13389 \begin_layout Enumerate
13391 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13395 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13399 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13417 \begin_layout Standard
13418 You generate them by inserting the
13419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13430 character multiple times in a row.
13431 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13432 final output, but not in LyX.
13435 \begin_layout Standard
13436 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13437 math mode and has a length of its own.
13438 Here are some examples of the
13439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13453 \begin_layout Enumerate
13454 line- and page-breaks
13455 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13465 \begin_layout Enumerate
13467 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13477 \begin_layout Enumerate
13478 Oh --- there's a dash.
13479 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13489 \begin_layout Enumerate
13490 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13494 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13504 \begin_layout Subsection
13509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13518 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13525 \begin_layout Standard
13526 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13527 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13536 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13541 following the rules of the document language
13545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13546 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13554 \begin_inset space ~
13558 \begin_inset space ~
13565 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13576 \begin_layout Standard
13577 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13582 and with unusual constructs, like
13583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13591 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13592 This is done with the menu
13594 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13595 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13597 \begin_inset space ~
13603 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13604 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13607 \begin_layout Standard
13608 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13609 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13610 a hyphen and a space in the form
13611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13619 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13627 as hyphenation possibility.
13628 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13629 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13630 of the LaTeX-box-command
13636 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13637 As LyX doesn't support
13643 , we have to use TeX Code.
13644 The result looks in LyX like:
13647 \begin_layout Standard
13648 \begin_inset Graphics
13649 filename clipart/mbox.png
13656 \begin_layout Standard
13657 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13658 \begin_inset space ~
13662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13664 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13671 \begin_layout Subsection
13676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13685 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13686 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13689 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13696 \begin_layout Standard
13697 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13698 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13699 LaTeX then adds the
13700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13703 appropriate amount of space
13704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13708 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13710 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13713 \begin_layout Standard
13714 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13728 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13729 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13732 \begin_layout Standard
13733 Here are some examples of
13737 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13740 \begin_layout Itemize
13745 \begin_layout Itemize
13750 \begin_layout Standard
13751 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13754 \begin_layout Itemize
13756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13760 this is too much space!
13763 \begin_layout Itemize
13768 \begin_layout Standard
13769 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13772 \begin_layout Standard
13773 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13776 \begin_layout Enumerate
13780 \begin_inset space ~
13785 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13786 \begin_inset space ~
13790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13792 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13801 Spaces ! inter-word
13809 \begin_layout Enumerate
13813 \begin_inset space ~
13818 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13819 \begin_inset space ~
13823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13825 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13842 \begin_layout Enumerate
13846 \begin_inset space ~
13850 \begin_inset space ~
13854 \begin_inset space ~
13861 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13863 \begin_inset space ~
13868 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13869 This function is also bound to
13872 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13878 \begin_layout Standard
13879 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13882 \begin_layout Itemize
13884 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13888 \begin_inset space \space{}
13891 this is too much space!
13894 \begin_layout Itemize
13895 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13899 \begin_layout Standard
13900 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13901 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13902 LaTeX will care about this.
13905 \begin_layout Standard
13906 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13910 \begin_inset space ~
13915 feature described in section
13921 Additional Features
13926 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13932 Typography ! Quotes
13941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13972 \begin_layout Standard
13973 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13974 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13975 and use a closing quote at the end.
13977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13985 The keyboard character,
13989 , generates this automatically.
13992 \begin_layout Standard
13993 You can change the behavior of the
13997 key using the submenu
14003 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14011 Document ! Settings
14019 \begin_layout Standard
14020 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14025 There are six choices:
14028 \begin_layout Labeling
14029 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14041 Use quotes like this
14042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14050 \begin_inset Quotes els
14054 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14060 \begin_layout Labeling
14061 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14064 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14068 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14074 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14078 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14082 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14088 \begin_layout Labeling
14089 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14092 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14096 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14102 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14106 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14110 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14114 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14120 \begin_layout Labeling
14121 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14124 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14128 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14134 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14138 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14142 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14146 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14152 \begin_layout Labeling
14153 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14156 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14160 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14166 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14170 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14174 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14178 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14184 \begin_layout Labeling
14185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14188 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14192 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14198 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14202 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14206 \begin_inset Quotes als
14210 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14216 \begin_layout Standard
14217 These settings affects what character the
14224 \begin_layout Subsection
14229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14230 Typography ! Ligatures
14239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14270 name "sub:Ligatures"
14277 \begin_layout Standard
14278 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14279 print them as single characters.
14280 These groups are known as
14285 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14287 Here are the standard ligatures:
14290 \begin_layout Itemize
14294 \begin_layout Itemize
14298 \begin_layout Itemize
14302 \begin_layout Itemize
14306 \begin_layout Itemize
14310 \begin_layout Standard
14311 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14314 \begin_layout Standard
14315 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14316 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14324 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14340 To break a ligature, use
14342 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14343 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14345 \begin_inset space ~
14352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14363 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14380 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14388 \begin_layout Subsection
14393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14402 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14409 \begin_layout Standard
14410 You have surely noticed, that the word
14411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14418 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14419 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14420 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14440 \begin_inset Note Note
14443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14444 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14452 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14453 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14458 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14462 \begin_layout Description
14463 LyX The name of the game, write
14464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14485 \begin_layout Description
14486 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14508 \begin_layout Description
14509 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14531 \begin_layout Description
14532 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14554 \begin_layout Standard
14555 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14560 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14568 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14569 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14570 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14573 : The actual version is
14574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14581 , the previous one was
14582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14592 \begin_layout Standard
14593 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14598 \begin_inset space \space{}
14601 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14603 This will look in LyX like:
14604 \begin_inset Graphics
14605 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14611 \begin_inset Newline newline
14614 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14615 \begin_inset space ~
14619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14621 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14628 \begin_layout Subsection
14633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14642 \begin_layout Standard
14643 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14644 space between two words.
14645 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14655 for units use the menu
14657 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14658 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14660 \begin_inset space ~
14668 arg "space-insert thin"
14674 \begin_layout Standard
14675 Here's an example to show the differences:
14678 \begin_layout Standard
14679 \begin_inset Tabular
14680 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14682 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14683 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14690 \begin_inset space ~
14694 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14706 space between number and unit
14713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14722 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14734 half space between number and unit
14747 \begin_layout Subsection
14752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14753 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14761 \begin_layout Standard
14762 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14764 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14765 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14766 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14767 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14768 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14769 These bits of text became known as
14780 \begin_layout Standard
14781 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14782 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14783 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14784 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14785 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14786 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14787 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14790 \begin_layout Standard
14791 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14792 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14793 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14794 \begin_inset space ~
14798 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14800 key "latexcompanion"
14805 \begin_inset space ~
14809 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14815 ] may have more information.
14816 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14819 \begin_layout Chapter
14820 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14823 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14830 \begin_layout Standard
14831 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14836 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14839 \begin_layout Section
14844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14851 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14860 \begin_layout Standard
14861 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14864 \begin_layout Description
14866 \begin_inset space ~
14869 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14870 \begin_inset Newline newline
14874 \begin_inset Note Note
14877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14878 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14886 \begin_layout Description
14887 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14888 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14890 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14891 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14892 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14895 \begin_inset Newline newline
14899 \begin_inset Note Comment
14902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14903 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14911 \begin_layout Description
14913 \begin_inset space ~
14916 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14917 \begin_inset Newline newline
14921 \begin_inset Newline newline
14925 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14934 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14935 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14936 How this can be done is explained in the
14945 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14951 \begin_inset Newline newline
14955 \begin_inset Newline newline
14958 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14959 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14962 \begin_layout Standard
14963 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14964 \begin_inset Graphics
14965 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14967 scaleBeforeRotation
14973 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14977 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14980 \begin_layout Section
14985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14994 name "sec:Footnotes"
15001 \begin_layout Standard
15002 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15005 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15008 or the toolbar button
15009 \begin_inset Graphics
15010 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15023 \begin_inset Graphics
15024 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15033 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15062 label, the box will
15066 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15067 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15080 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15096 \begin_layout Standard
15097 Here's an example footnote:
15105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15106 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15114 \begin_layout Standard
15115 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15116 position where the footnote box is placed.
15117 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15118 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15119 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15120 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15121 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15126 ey are described in the
15133 \begin_layout Section
15138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15147 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15154 \begin_layout Standard
15155 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15156 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15158 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15160 \begin_inset space ~
15165 or the toolbar button
15166 \begin_inset Graphics
15167 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15194 appearing within your text.
15195 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15204 \begin_layout Standard
15205 At the side is an example marginal note.
15209 \begin_inset Marginal
15212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15213 This is a marginal note.
15221 \begin_layout Standard
15222 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15223 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15224 pages, right on odd pages.
15227 \begin_layout Section
15228 Graphics and Images
15232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15249 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15251 name "sec:Graphics"
15258 \begin_layout Standard
15259 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15260 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15261 \begin_inset Graphics
15262 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15268 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15272 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15275 \begin_layout Standard
15276 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15281 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15282 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15284 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15285 \begin_inset space ~
15289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15291 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15298 \begin_layout Standard
15303 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15304 of the image in the output.
15305 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15309 \begin_inset space ~
15313 \begin_inset space ~
15322 \begin_inset space ~
15326 \begin_inset space ~
15330 \begin_inset space ~
15335 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15336 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15344 \begin_layout Standard
15347 LaTeX and LyX options
15349 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15350 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15354 \begin_inset space ~
15359 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15360 with the image size is printed.
15364 \begin_inset space ~
15368 \begin_inset space ~
15372 \begin_inset space ~
15377 is explained in the
15388 \begin_layout Standard
15389 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15390 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15392 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15396 \begin_layout Standard
15398 \begin_inset Graphics
15399 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15401 rotateOrigin center
15408 \begin_layout Standard
15409 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15410 the image into a float, see section
15411 \begin_inset space ~
15415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15417 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15424 \begin_layout Subsection
15429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15438 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15445 \begin_layout Standard
15446 You can insert images in any known file format.
15447 But as we explained in section
15448 \begin_inset space ~
15452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15454 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15458 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15459 LyX uses therefore the program
15463 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15464 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15465 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15466 \begin_inset space ~
15470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15472 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15479 \begin_layout Standard
15480 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15483 \begin_layout Description
15485 \begin_inset space ~
15488 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15489 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15490 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15494 Graphics Interchange Format
15495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15498 (GIF, file extension
15499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15546 Portable Network Graphics
15547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15550 (PNG, file extension
15551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15598 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15602 (JPG, file extension
15603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15661 \begin_layout Description
15663 \begin_inset space ~
15666 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15668 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15669 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15670 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15671 \begin_inset Newline newline
15674 Scalable image formats can be
15675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15678 Scalable Vector Graphics
15679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15682 (SVG, file extension
15683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15730 Encapsulated PostScript
15731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15734 (EPS, file extension
15735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15782 Portable Document Format
15783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15786 (PDF, file extension
15787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15809 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15810 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15811 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15817 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15825 \begin_layout Standard
15826 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15830 \begin_layout Subsection
15831 Grouping of Image Settings
15835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15836 Images ! Settings grouping
15844 \begin_layout Standard
15845 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15847 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15848 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15850 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15851 need to manually change each of them.
15855 \begin_layout Standard
15856 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15859 \begin_inset space ~
15864 field in the Graphics dialog.
15865 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15866 by checking the name of the desired group.
15869 \begin_layout Section
15874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15890 \begin_layout Standard
15891 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15892 \begin_inset Graphics
15893 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15900 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15904 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15905 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15906 from the rest of the table.
15907 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15908 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15910 Here's an example table:
15913 \begin_layout Standard
15915 \begin_inset Tabular
15916 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15918 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15919 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15920 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15921 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16121 \begin_layout Subsection
16125 \begin_layout Standard
16126 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16127 brings up the table dialog.
16128 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16129 where the cursor is placed currently.
16130 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16131 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16132 done on all of your selection.
16135 \begin_layout Standard
16136 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16139 \begin_inset space ~
16144 helps you in setting table properties.
16145 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16148 \begin_layout Standard
16152 \begin_inset space ~
16157 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16158 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16159 current cell respectively.
16160 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16162 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16163 of text, see section
16164 \begin_inset space ~
16168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16170 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16177 \begin_layout Standard
16178 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16184 This will merge the cells to
16188 cell, spread over more than one column.
16189 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16190 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16191 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16192 in the last row without the upper border:
16195 \begin_layout Standard
16197 \begin_inset Tabular
16198 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16199 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16200 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16201 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16202 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16203 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16214 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16223 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16299 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16334 \begin_layout Standard
16335 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16336 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16337 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16338 explained in the tables section of the
16341 \begin_inset space ~
16347 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16348 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16351 degrees counterclockwise.
16352 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16355 \begin_layout Standard
16356 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16364 Most DVI-viewers are
16368 able to display rotations.
16376 \begin_layout Standard
16381 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16386 adds lines for all cell borders.
16389 \begin_layout Subsection
16394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16395 Tables ! Longtables
16404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16413 \begin_layout Standard
16414 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16417 \begin_inset space ~
16421 \begin_inset space ~
16430 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16431 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16434 \begin_layout Description
16439 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16440 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16441 except for the first page, if
16444 \begin_inset space ~
16452 \begin_layout Description
16456 \begin_inset space ~
16461 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16462 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16465 \begin_layout Description
16470 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16471 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16472 except for the last page, if
16475 \begin_inset space ~
16483 \begin_layout Description
16487 \begin_inset space ~
16492 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16493 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16496 \begin_layout Description
16497 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16498 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16500 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16504 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16507 \begin_inset space ~
16515 \begin_layout Standard
16516 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16517 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16518 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16519 The others will then be defined as
16524 In this context, first means first in this order:
16527 \begin_inset space ~
16539 \begin_inset space ~
16545 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16548 \begin_layout Standard
16550 \begin_inset Tabular
16551 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16552 <features islongtable="true">
16553 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16554 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16555 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16556 <row endfirsthead="true">
16557 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16563 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16568 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16577 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16587 <row endfirsthead="true">
16588 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16599 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16608 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16620 <row endhead="true">
16621 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16632 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16641 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16651 <row endhead="true">
16652 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16663 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16672 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16684 <row endfoot="true">
16685 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16696 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16705 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16736 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17695 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17706 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17768 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17799 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17830 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17861 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17892 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17923 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17985 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18047 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18078 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18140 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18171 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18202 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18233 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18264 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18295 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18326 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18357 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18388 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18419 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18450 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18481 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18512 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18543 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18574 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18605 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18636 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18666 <row endlastfoot="true">
18667 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18678 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18704 \begin_layout Subsection
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18716 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18718 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18725 \begin_layout Standard
18726 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18727 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18728 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18729 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18733 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18734 for the cell's paragraph.
18737 \begin_layout Standard
18738 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18739 for the column in the table dialog.
18740 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18741 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18745 \begin_layout Standard
18747 \begin_inset Tabular
18748 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18750 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18751 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18752 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18897 This is longer now.
18902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18953 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18954 This is longer now.
18959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 \begin_layout Standard
18986 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18987 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18992 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
18993 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
18999 Selection with the mouse or with
19003 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19004 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19005 the selection from outside the table.
19008 \begin_layout Section
19013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19029 \begin_layout Standard
19030 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19031 have a fixed location.
19033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19040 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19048 \begin_inset space ~
19053 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19054 too much notes at the page.
19057 \begin_layout Standard
19058 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19059 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19060 and pages without text.
19061 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19062 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19063 Floats are therefore numbered.
19064 Referencing is described in section
19065 \begin_inset space ~
19069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19071 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19078 \begin_layout Standard
19079 To insert a float, use the menu
19081 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19085 A box with a caption that has e.
19086 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19090 \begin_inset space \space{}
19094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19098 \begin_inset space ~
19102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19105 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19106 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19108 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19118 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19119 paragraph within the float.
19120 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19121 by left-clicking on the box label.
19122 A closed float box looks like this:
19123 \begin_inset Graphics
19124 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19129 -- a gray button with a red label.
19132 \begin_layout Standard
19133 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19134 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19137 \begin_layout Subsection
19141 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19147 Floats ! Figure floats
19153 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19155 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19162 \begin_layout Standard
19165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19166 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19169 inserts a float with the label
19170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19176 \begin_inset space ~
19182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19186 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19187 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19188 This is what we did for Figure
19189 \begin_inset space ~
19193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19195 reference "cap:Platypus"
19200 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19201 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19202 This was done in Figure
19203 \begin_inset space ~
19207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19209 reference "cap:Escher"
19216 \begin_layout Standard
19217 \begin_inset Float figure
19222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19224 \begin_inset Graphics
19225 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19227 rotateOrigin center
19234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19235 \begin_inset Caption
19237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19240 name "cap:Platypus"
19244 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19257 \begin_layout Standard
19258 \begin_inset Float figure
19263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19264 \begin_inset Caption
19266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19284 \begin_inset Graphics
19285 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19287 rotateOrigin center
19299 \begin_layout Standard
19300 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19302 As described in section
19303 \begin_inset space ~
19307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19309 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19313 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19315 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19318 and refer to it using the menu
19320 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19324 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19333 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19345 \begin_layout Standard
19346 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19347 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19348 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19349 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19351 \begin_inset space ~
19355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19357 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19361 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19362 You can also set the images one below the other.
19364 \begin_inset space ~
19368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19370 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19377 reference "fig:Platypus"
19381 are the subfigures.
19384 \begin_layout Standard
19385 \begin_inset Float figure
19390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19391 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19395 \begin_inset Float figure
19400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19401 \begin_inset Caption
19403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19406 name "fig:Undefinable"
19418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19419 \begin_inset Graphics
19420 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19431 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19435 \begin_inset Float figure
19440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19441 \begin_inset Caption
19443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19444 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19446 name "fig:Platypus"
19458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19459 \begin_inset Graphics
19460 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19472 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19479 \begin_inset Caption
19481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19484 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19488 Two distorted images.
19501 \begin_layout Standard
19502 Note that the caption is added to the
19505 \begin_inset space ~
19509 \begin_inset space ~
19514 as described in section
19515 \begin_inset space ~
19519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19521 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19528 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19534 Floats ! Table floats
19542 \begin_layout Standard
19543 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19545 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19546 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19550 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19553 \begin_inset space ~
19557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19559 reference "cap:Table-float"
19563 is an example of a table float.
19566 \begin_layout Standard
19567 \begin_inset Float table
19572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19573 \begin_inset Caption
19575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19578 name "cap:Table-float"
19590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19592 \begin_inset Tabular
19593 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19595 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19596 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19724 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19745 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19747 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19768 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19789 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19795 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19803 \begin_layout Standard
19804 This float type is inserted with the menu
19806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19807 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19811 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19812 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19816 , described in section
19817 \begin_inset space ~
19821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19823 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19830 \begin_layout Standard
19831 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19839 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19845 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19848 \begin_layout Standard
19853 floatname{algorithm}{your
19854 \begin_inset space ~
19860 \begin_layout Standard
19861 to the document preamble (menu
19863 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19870 \begin_inset space ~
19876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19890 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19896 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19904 \begin_layout Standard
19905 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19913 \begin_inset Graphics
19914 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19916 rotateOrigin center
19923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19924 \begin_inset Caption
19926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19927 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19929 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19933 This is a wrapped figure.
19934 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19947 This float type is used if you want to
19948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19955 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19957 It can be inserted using the menu
19959 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19960 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19962 \begin_inset space ~
19967 if the LaTeX-package
19975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19976 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19986 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19989 \begin_inset space ~
19999 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20002 \begin_inset space ~
20006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20008 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20012 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20021 Available units are explained in Appendix
20022 \begin_inset space ~
20026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20028 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20037 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20041 \begin_layout Standard
20042 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20050 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20055 \begin_inset space \space{}
20058 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in
20059 the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20060 over some other text.
20068 \begin_layout Itemize
20069 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20070 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20071 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20072 breaks will appear.
20075 \begin_layout Itemize
20076 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20077 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20080 \begin_layout Itemize
20081 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20082 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20085 \begin_layout Itemize
20086 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20089 \begin_layout Subsection
20091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20093 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20110 \begin_layout Standard
20111 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20112 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20116 \begin_inset space ~
20124 \begin_layout Standard
20125 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20126 have a multi-column document).
20127 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20130 \begin_inset space ~
20136 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20137 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20144 \begin_layout Standard
20145 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20146 format is also the same: Table
20147 \begin_inset space ~
20151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20153 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20157 is an example of a rotated table float.
20160 \begin_layout Standard
20161 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20169 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20177 \begin_layout Standard
20178 \begin_inset Float table
20183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20184 \begin_inset Caption
20186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20189 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20203 \begin_inset Tabular
20204 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20270 \begin_layout Subsection
20272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20274 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20291 \begin_layout Standard
20292 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20293 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20294 \begin_inset Newline newline
20300 \begin_inset space ~
20305 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20306 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20308 \begin_inset Newline newline
20314 \begin_inset space ~
20319 is used to rotate floats, see section
20320 \begin_inset space ~
20324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20326 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20333 \begin_layout Standard
20334 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20335 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20338 \begin_inset space ~
20342 \begin_inset space ~
20350 \begin_layout Description
20352 \begin_inset space ~
20356 \begin_inset space ~
20359 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20362 \begin_layout Description
20364 \begin_inset space ~
20368 \begin_inset space ~
20371 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20374 \begin_layout Description
20376 \begin_inset space ~
20380 \begin_inset space ~
20383 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20386 \begin_layout Description
20388 \begin_inset space ~
20392 \begin_inset space ~
20395 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20398 \begin_layout Standard
20399 The order of the above option is
20404 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20408 \begin_inset space ~
20412 \begin_inset space ~
20420 \begin_inset space ~
20424 \begin_inset space ~
20429 , and then the others.
20430 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20432 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20433 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20436 \begin_layout Standard
20437 By default, each options has its own rules:
20440 \begin_layout Standard
20444 \begin_inset space ~
20448 \begin_inset space ~
20453 only floats occupying less than 70
20454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20457 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20460 \begin_layout Standard
20464 \begin_inset space ~
20468 \begin_inset space ~
20473 : only floats occupying less than 30
20474 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20477 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20480 \begin_layout Standard
20484 \begin_inset space ~
20488 \begin_inset space ~
20493 : only if more than 50
20494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20497 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20501 \begin_layout Standard
20502 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20506 \begin_inset space ~
20510 \begin_inset space ~
20518 \begin_layout Standard
20519 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20520 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20521 For this case you can use the option
20524 \begin_inset space ~
20530 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20532 Because the float is then no longer able to
20533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20540 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20543 \begin_layout Standard
20544 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20545 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20548 \begin_layout Standard
20549 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20551 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20553 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20560 \begin_layout Section
20565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20574 name "sec:Minipages"
20581 \begin_layout Standard
20582 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20584 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20585 \begin_inset space ~
20592 \begin_layout Standard
20593 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20595 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20599 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20600 and its alignment within the page.
20603 \begin_layout Standard
20605 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20614 height_special "totalheight"
20617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20620 This is a minipage.
20621 The text is set in an italic style.
20624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20627 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20628 another formatting.
20636 \begin_layout Standard
20637 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20640 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20644 as described in section
20645 \begin_inset space ~
20649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20651 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20656 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20662 \begin_layout Standard
20663 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20672 height_special "totalheight"
20675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20676 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20677 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20683 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20687 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20696 height_special "totalheight"
20699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20700 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20701 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20709 \begin_layout Standard
20710 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20716 \begin_layout Standard
20717 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20718 to other box types.
20719 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20730 \begin_layout Chapter
20731 Mathematical Formulas
20735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20774 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20776 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20783 \begin_layout Standard
20784 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20789 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20792 \begin_layout Section
20797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20806 \begin_layout Standard
20807 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20808 \begin_inset Graphics
20809 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20814 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20816 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20817 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20818 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20826 \begin_layout Standard
20827 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20831 \begin_inset space ~
20836 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20839 \begin_layout Standard
20840 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20841 line, like this one:
20844 \begin_layout Standard
20845 This is a line with an inline formula
20846 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20852 \begin_layout Standard
20853 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20855 \begin_inset Formula \[
20860 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20863 \begin_layout Standard
20864 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20866 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20870 \begin_inset space \space{}
20874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20887 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20888 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20892 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20895 \begin_inset space ~
20903 \begin_layout Subsection
20904 Navigating in Formulas
20908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20917 \begin_layout Standard
20918 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20919 achieved with the arrow keys.
20920 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20921 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20926 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20927 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20931 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20935 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20937 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20945 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20950 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20951 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20954 \begin_layout Standard
20959 , printed in this document as
20960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20981 \begin_inset Note Note
20984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20985 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20986 space character (visible space).
20991 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20992 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20993 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20998 For example, if you want
20999 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21053 , since in the latter case only the
21056 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21061 will be under the square root sign:
21062 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21068 \begin_layout Standard
21069 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21071 \begin_inset Formula \[
21072 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21075 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21079 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21080 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21083 \begin_layout Subsection
21087 \begin_layout Standard
21088 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21089 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21093 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21094 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21095 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21096 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21097 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21100 \begin_layout Subsection
21101 Exponents and Subscripts
21105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21124 \begin_layout Standard
21125 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21126 way is to use a command.
21128 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21131 , type in a formula
21137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21153 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21159 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21163 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21184 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21193 , you have to use an extra
21197 to separate the hat and the character.
21199 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21203 \begin_inset space \space{}
21207 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21228 Subscripts are similar: To get
21229 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21252 \begin_layout Subsection
21257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21266 \begin_layout Standard
21267 Create a fraction with either the command
21274 \begin_inset Graphics
21275 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21283 \begin_inset space ~
21289 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21290 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21291 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21296 To move back up, press
21301 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21302 \begin_inset Formula \[
21303 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21305 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21312 \begin_layout Subsection
21317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21326 \begin_layout Standard
21327 Roots can be created using the
21330 \begin_inset space ~
21336 \begin_inset Graphics
21337 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21360 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21366 produces always a square root.
21369 \begin_layout Subsection
21370 Operators with Limits
21374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21393 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21400 \begin_layout Standard
21402 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21406 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21409 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21410 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21411 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21412 The sum operator will automatically place its
21413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21420 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21423 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21427 \begin_inset Formula \[
21428 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21432 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21436 \begin_layout Standard
21437 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21439 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21440 behind the operator and hitting
21448 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21449 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21451 \begin_inset space ~
21455 \begin_inset space ~
21463 \begin_layout Standard
21464 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21472 feature as addition, such as
21476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21483 \begin_inset Formula \[
21484 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21488 which will place the
21489 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21501 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21502 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21508 \begin_layout Standard
21509 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21516 Have a look at section
21517 \begin_inset space ~
21521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21523 reference "sub:Functions"
21527 for an explanation of function macros.
21530 \begin_layout Subsection
21535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21544 \begin_layout Standard
21545 Most math symbols can be found in the
21548 \begin_inset space ~
21553 under one of several categories; including
21570 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21574 \begin_layout Standard
21575 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21576 you don't have to use the
21579 \begin_inset space ~
21584 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21585 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21588 \begin_layout Subsection
21593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21602 \begin_layout Standard
21603 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21608 arg "space-insert protected"
21614 \begin_inset space ~
21620 \begin_inset Graphics
21621 filename ../images/math/space.png
21626 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21627 Here a example for the sequence
21632 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21636 \begin_inset Graphics
21637 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21642 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21643 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21644 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21645 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21650 \begin_layout Standard
21660 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21666 \begin_layout Standard
21676 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21682 \begin_layout Subsection
21687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21696 name "sub:Functions"
21703 \begin_layout Standard
21707 \begin_inset space ~
21712 contains under the button
21713 \begin_inset Graphics
21714 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21718 a number of functions, such as
21719 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21723 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21731 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21738 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21739 avoid confusions, because
21740 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21744 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21750 \begin_layout Standard
21751 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21753 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21757 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21763 \begin_layout Standard
21764 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21765 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21766 \begin_inset space ~
21770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21772 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21779 \begin_layout Subsection
21784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21793 \begin_layout Standard
21794 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21796 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21797 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21798 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21802 \begin_inset space \space{}
21806 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21809 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21810 Our example is entered by typing
21818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21831 \begin_inset space ~
21835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21837 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21841 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21844 \begin_layout Standard
21845 \begin_inset Float table
21850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21851 \begin_inset Caption
21853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21856 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21860 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21870 \begin_inset Tabular
21871 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21874 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21875 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21959 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22013 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22067 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22121 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22175 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22229 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22283 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22337 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22391 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22436 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22457 \begin_layout Standard
22458 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22461 \begin_inset space ~
22467 \begin_inset Graphics
22468 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22472 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22476 \begin_layout Section
22477 Brackets and Delimiters
22481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22500 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22507 \begin_layout Standard
22508 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22509 For most purposes, using just the keys
22514 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22515 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22518 \begin_inset space ~
22524 \begin_inset Graphics
22525 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22530 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22532 \begin_inset Formula \[
22533 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22535 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22539 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22540 \begin_inset Formula \[
22541 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22548 \begin_layout Standard
22549 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22550 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22553 \begin_layout Standard
22554 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22555 left side and right side.
22556 If you use the option
22559 \begin_inset space ~
22564 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22565 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22566 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22567 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22570 \begin_layout Standard
22571 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22572 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22573 inside the brackets.
22574 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22579 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22582 \begin_layout Standard
22583 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22594 \begin_layout Section
22599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22608 \begin_layout Standard
22609 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22610 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22621 \begin_layout Standard
22622 \begin_inset Formula \[
22623 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22630 \begin_layout Standard
22631 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22646 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22647 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22648 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22651 \begin_layout Section
22652 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22677 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22685 \begin_layout Standard
22686 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22689 \begin_inset space ~
22695 \begin_inset Graphics
22696 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22701 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22702 Here is an example:
22703 \begin_inset Formula \[
22704 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22707 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22711 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22712 \begin_inset space ~
22716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22718 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22723 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22724 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22725 This alignment is set in the box
22730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22778 for every column as default.
22779 For example, the sequence
22780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22791 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22792 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22793 corresponds to the relevant column.
22794 The result will look like this:
22795 \begin_inset Formula \[
22797 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22798 column & has & has\, right\\
22799 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22806 \begin_layout Standard
22807 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22810 arg "newline-insert newline"
22813 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22814 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22816 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22822 \begin_layout Standard
22823 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22824 It can be created with the menu
22826 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22827 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22829 \begin_inset space ~
22842 \begin_inset Formula \[
22846 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22853 \begin_layout Standard
22854 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22857 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22860 arg "newline-insert newline"
22864 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22869 arg "newline-insert newline"
22872 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22880 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22881 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22882 A new row is created by every further hit of
22885 arg "newline-insert newline"
22889 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22890 Here is an example:
22891 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22892 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22893 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22897 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22898 where you want to start the shift and hit
22903 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22904 position to the next column.
22905 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22906 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22907 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22908 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22915 \begin_layout Standard
22916 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22923 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22924 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22927 reference "eq:asquared"
22932 The other types are described in section
22933 \begin_inset space ~
22937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22939 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22946 \begin_layout Section
22947 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22952 Math ! Formula numbering
22961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22962 Math ! Referencing formulas
22968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22970 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22977 \begin_layout Standard
22978 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22980 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22981 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22983 \begin_inset space ~
22991 arg "math-number-toggle"
22995 The formula number appears in LyX as
22996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23003 within parentheses.
23005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23012 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23014 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23015 the document class.
23016 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23017 separated by a dot:
23018 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23019 1+1=2\end{equation}
23026 arg "math-number-toggle"
23029 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23030 You can only number displayed formulas.
23033 \begin_layout Standard
23034 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23036 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23037 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23039 \begin_inset space ~
23043 \begin_inset space ~
23047 \begin_inset space ~
23055 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23058 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23059 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23061 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23062 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23066 To number all lines use the shortcut
23069 arg "math-number-toggle"
23075 \begin_layout Standard
23076 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23079 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23080 A label is inserted with the menu
23082 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23085 when the cursor is in the formula.
23086 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23087 It is recommended to use the proposed
23088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23099 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23100 type when you have many labels in your document.
23101 We inserted in the following example the label
23102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23109 in the second line:
23110 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23111 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23112 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23116 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23117 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23127 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23131 \begin_inset space ~
23137 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23138 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23139 as the formula number:
23142 \begin_layout Standard
23143 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23146 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23153 \begin_layout Standard
23154 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23155 \begin_inset space ~
23159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23161 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23166 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23172 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23177 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23185 \begin_layout Section
23186 User defined math macros
23190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23199 \begin_layout Standard
23200 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas what is very useful when you
23201 have in a document several times the same form of equations.
23202 Math macros are explained in section
23205 \begin_inset space ~
23217 \begin_layout Section
23221 \begin_layout Subsection
23226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23235 \begin_layout Standard
23236 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23237 To set a font in a formula, use the
23240 \begin_inset space ~
23246 \begin_inset Graphics
23247 filename ../images/math/font.png
23251 , or enter its command, listed in table
23252 \begin_inset space ~
23256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23258 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23265 \begin_layout Standard
23266 \begin_inset Float table
23271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23272 \begin_inset Caption
23274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23277 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23281 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23291 \begin_inset Tabular
23292 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23294 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23295 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23327 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23354 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23381 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23414 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23441 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23468 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23502 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23529 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23563 \begin_layout Standard
23564 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23572 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23588 \begin_layout Standard
23589 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23590 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23595 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23596 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23597 Here an example where a
23598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23609 denotes the set of numbers:
23610 \begin_inset Formula \[
23611 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23618 \begin_layout Standard
23619 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23625 \begin_inset space \space{}
23637 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23641 \begin_inset Newline newline
23644 So better don't use this feature.
23647 \begin_layout Standard
23648 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23649 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23653 \begin_inset Newline newline
23656 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23662 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23663 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23669 \begin_layout Standard
23676 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23679 \begin_layout Standard
23680 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23682 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23683 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23685 \begin_inset space ~
23693 \begin_layout Subsection
23698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23707 \begin_layout Standard
23708 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23710 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23714 \begin_inset space ~
23718 \begin_inset space ~
23726 \begin_inset space ~
23732 \begin_inset Graphics
23733 filename ../images/math/font.png
23740 \begin_inset space ~
23746 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23747 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23748 Here is an example:
23749 \begin_inset Formula \[
23751 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23752 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23759 \begin_layout Subsection
23764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23773 \begin_layout Standard
23774 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23775 automatically chosen in most situations.
23793 For most characters,
23801 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23802 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23807 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23808 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23809 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23810 \begin_inset Graphics
23811 filename ../images/math/style.png
23816 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23817 For example, you can set
23818 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23821 , which is normally in
23830 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23834 The four styles are used in the following example:
23837 \begin_layout Standard
23838 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23842 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23846 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23850 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23856 \begin_layout Standard
23857 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23858 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23860 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23862 \begin_inset space ~
23867 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23868 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23869 will be adjusted to correspond.
23870 As example a formula in the font size
23871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23881 \begin_layout Standard
23885 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23891 \begin_layout Section
23895 \begin_layout Standard
23896 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23897 the document classes and into layout modules.
23901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23907 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23908 other than the AMS classes.
23910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23912 reference "sub:Modules"
23916 for more on layout modules.
23919 \begin_layout Section
23924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23943 \begin_layout Standard
23944 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23945 (AMS) that are in common use.
23948 \begin_layout Subsection
23949 Enabling AMS-Support
23952 \begin_layout Standard
23953 Selecting the checkbox
23956 \begin_inset space ~
23960 \begin_inset space ~
23964 \begin_inset space ~
23971 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23979 Document ! Settings
23987 \begin_inset space ~
23992 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
23994 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
23995 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
23998 \begin_layout Subsection
24000 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24002 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24011 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24019 \begin_layout Standard
24020 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24021 LyX allows you to choose between
24042 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24045 \begin_layout Chapter
24049 \begin_layout Section
24054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24063 name "sec:Cross-References"
24070 \begin_layout Standard
24071 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24072 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24074 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24075 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24076 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24079 \begin_layout Enumerate
24083 \begin_layout Enumerate
24084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24086 name "enu:Second-item"
24093 \begin_layout Enumerate
24097 \begin_layout Standard
24098 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24100 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24103 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24104 \begin_inset Graphics
24105 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24111 A grey label box like this:
24112 \begin_inset Graphics
24113 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24118 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24119 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24154 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24155 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24159 \begin_inset space \space{}
24162 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24177 \begin_layout Standard
24178 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24180 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24183 or the toolbar button
24184 \begin_inset Graphics
24185 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24191 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24192 \begin_inset Graphics
24193 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24198 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24200 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24213 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24215 Here is our cross-reference:
24218 \begin_layout Standard
24220 \begin_inset space ~
24224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24226 reference "enu:Second-item"
24233 \begin_layout Standard
24234 It is recommended to use a protected space
24238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24239 described in section
24240 \begin_inset space ~
24244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24246 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24255 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24259 \begin_layout Standard
24260 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24263 \begin_layout Description
24264 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24267 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24274 \begin_layout Description
24275 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24276 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24288 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24295 \begin_layout Description
24296 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24297 \begin_inset space ~
24301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24302 LatexCommand pageref
24303 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24310 \begin_layout Description
24312 \begin_inset space ~
24316 \begin_inset space ~
24319 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24321 LatexCommand vpageref
24322 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24329 \begin_layout Description
24331 \begin_inset space ~
24335 \begin_inset space ~
24339 \begin_inset space ~
24342 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24346 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24353 \begin_layout Description
24355 \begin_inset space ~
24358 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24359 \begin_inset Newline newline
24363 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24371 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24380 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24393 \begin_layout Standard
24394 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24395 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24401 \begin_inset space \space{}
24405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24419 \begin_layout Standard
24420 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24421 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24422 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24426 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24430 \begin_layout Standard
24431 You can only use the style
24435 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24439 is always possible.
24442 \begin_layout Standard
24443 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24444 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24445 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24446 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24447 \begin_inset space ~
24451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24453 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24460 \begin_layout Standard
24464 \begin_inset space ~
24468 \begin_inset space ~
24473 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24474 The button text changes then to
24477 \begin_inset space ~
24482 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24483 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24484 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24488 \begin_layout Standard
24489 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24490 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24491 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24494 \begin_layout Standard
24495 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24496 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24499 \begin_layout Standard
24500 References are described in detail in the
24507 \begin_layout Section
24508 Table of Contents and other Listings
24512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24538 \begin_layout Subsection
24540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24542 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24549 \begin_layout Standard
24550 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24553 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24555 \begin_inset space ~
24559 \begin_inset space ~
24565 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24566 If you click on it, the
24570 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24571 sections in your documents.
24572 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24574 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24577 that is described in sec.
24578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24584 reference "sec:Navigating"
24591 \begin_layout Standard
24592 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24593 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24595 \begin_inset space ~
24599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24601 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24605 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24607 \begin_inset space ~
24611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24613 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24617 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24619 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24622 \begin_layout Subsection
24623 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24626 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24633 \begin_layout Standard
24634 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24635 You can insert them via the
24637 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24639 \begin_inset space ~
24643 \begin_inset space ~
24649 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24652 \begin_layout Section
24653 URLs and Hyperlinks
24657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24676 \begin_layout Subsection
24678 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24687 \begin_layout Standard
24688 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24690 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24696 \begin_layout Standard
24697 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24698 \begin_inset Flex URL
24701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24711 \begin_layout Standard
24712 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24718 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24722 \begin_layout Standard
24723 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24731 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24739 \begin_layout Subsection
24741 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24743 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24750 \begin_layout Standard
24751 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24753 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24756 or with the toolbar button
24757 \begin_inset Graphics
24758 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24759 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24764 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24773 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24774 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24775 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24777 name "LyX's homepage"
24778 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24782 , an Email address like this:
24783 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24785 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24786 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24791 , or a link to a file.
24794 \begin_layout Standard
24795 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24808 to the link target.
24811 \begin_layout Standard
24812 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24813 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24814 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24815 the text style dialog.
24816 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24820 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24822 name "LyX's homepage"
24823 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24830 \begin_layout Standard
24831 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24835 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24837 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24838 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24842 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24844 \begin_inset Newline newline
24852 \begin_inset Newline newline
24859 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24862 \begin_layout Section
24867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24874 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24876 name "sec:Appendices"
24883 \begin_layout Standard
24884 Appendices are created with the menu
24886 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24888 \begin_inset space ~
24892 \begin_inset space ~
24898 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24899 as appendix region.
24900 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24903 \begin_layout Standard
24904 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24905 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24906 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24907 and the subsection number.
24908 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24914 \begin_inset space ~
24918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24920 reference "cha:Credits"
24925 \begin_inset space ~
24929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24931 reference "sub:Export"
24938 \begin_layout Section
24943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24952 name "sec:Bibliography"
24959 \begin_layout Standard
24960 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
24961 You can include a bibliography database,
24965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24966 Known under the name
24967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24979 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
24980 manually, using the paragraph environment
24984 , which was described in section
24985 \begin_inset space ~
24989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24991 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
24996 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
24997 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25001 use a bibliography database.
25004 \begin_layout Subsection
25005 The Bibliography Environment
25008 \begin_layout Standard
25013 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25015 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25024 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25026 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25035 , a short form of its title, as key.
25038 \begin_layout Standard
25039 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25041 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25044 or the toolbar button
25045 \begin_inset Graphics
25046 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25047 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25052 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25053 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25054 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25055 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25059 \begin_layout Standard
25060 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25061 with surrounding brackets.
25066 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25067 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25079 \begin_layout Standard
25082 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25085 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25087 key "latexcompanion"
25094 \begin_layout Standard
25095 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25096 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25105 \begin_layout Subsection
25106 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25111 Bibliography ! Databases
25120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25121 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25129 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25136 \begin_layout Standard
25137 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25143 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25145 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25146 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25151 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25153 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25154 your working field in a database.
25155 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25156 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25158 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25162 \begin_layout Standard
25163 The database is a text file with the file extension
25164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25175 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25176 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25177 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25179 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25184 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25185 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25186 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25187 \begin_inset Flex URL
25190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25192 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25200 \begin_layout Standard
25201 To use a database, use the menu
25203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25208 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25221 \begin_inset space ~
25227 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25228 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25231 Add bibliography to TOC
25233 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25238 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25241 \begin_layout Standard
25242 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25254 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25255 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25256 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25258 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25264 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25265 \begin_inset Newline newline
25269 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25271 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25283 \begin_layout Standard
25284 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25287 \begin_layout Standard
25288 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25289 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25292 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25320 \begin_inset space ~
25326 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25332 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25341 \begin_layout Standard
25342 When you select the option
25344 Sectioned bibliography
25348 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25351 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25352 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25354 Customizing Bibliographies
25367 \begin_layout Standard
25368 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25369 the two methods of creating them.
25370 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25371 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25372 We used the style file
25376 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25379 \begin_layout Subsection
25380 Bibliography layout
25384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25385 Bibliography ! Layout
25393 \begin_layout Standard
25394 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25395 For this feature you need to enable the option
25401 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25409 Document ! Settings
25419 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25420 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25421 in the previous section.
25424 \begin_layout Standard
25425 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25426 in the citation reference window.
25427 Here an example where we set the text
25428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25432 \begin_inset space ~
25436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25439 to appear after the reference:
25442 \begin_layout Standard
25444 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25447 key "latexcompanion"
25454 \begin_layout Section
25459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25475 \begin_layout Standard
25476 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25478 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25480 \begin_inset space ~
25485 or the toolbar button
25486 \begin_inset Graphics
25487 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25488 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25505 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25506 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25507 by LyX as index entry.
25510 \begin_layout Standard
25511 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25512 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25514 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25516 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25523 \begin_layout Standard
25524 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25527 \begin_layout Standard
25528 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25530 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25532 \begin_inset space ~
25536 \begin_inset space ~
25539 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25541 \begin_inset space ~
25547 A light blue box labeled
25548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25559 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25560 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25563 \begin_layout Subsection
25564 Grouping Index Entries
25568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25577 \begin_layout Standard
25578 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25580 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25581 lists under the entry
25582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25590 First we create the entry
25591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25599 \begin_inset space ~
25603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25605 reference "sub:Lists"
25610 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25611 \begin_inset space ~
25615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25617 reference "sec:Itemize"
25621 , we insert the command
25624 \begin_layout Standard
25630 \begin_layout Standard
25634 \begin_layout Standard
25640 \begin_layout Standard
25641 for the enumerated list in section
25642 \begin_inset space ~
25646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25648 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25655 \begin_layout Standard
25656 The exclamation mark
25657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25664 marks the grouping levels.
25665 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25666 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25667 If we don't have an index entry for
25668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25675 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25678 \begin_layout Subsection
25683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25684 Index ! Page ranges
25692 \begin_layout Standard
25693 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25695 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25696 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25698 \begin_inset space ~
25702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25704 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25711 \begin_layout Standard
25714 Paragraph environments|(
25717 \begin_layout Standard
25718 and another entry at the end of section
25719 \begin_inset space ~
25723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25725 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25732 \begin_layout Standard
25735 Paragraph environments|)
25738 \begin_layout Standard
25740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25763 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25764 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25765 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25766 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25767 An example is the index entry
25768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25771 Document ! Settings
25772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25778 \begin_layout Subsection
25783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25784 Index ! Cross referencing
25792 \begin_layout Standard
25793 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25794 We referred for example in the index entry
25795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25803 \begin_inset space ~
25807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25809 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25813 ) to the index entry
25814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25821 in the same section using the entry
25824 \begin_layout Standard
25827 GIF|see{Image formats}
25830 \begin_layout Standard
25831 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25832 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25833 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25836 \begin_layout Subsection
25841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25842 Index ! Entry order
25850 \begin_layout Standard
25851 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25852 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25853 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25858 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25860 \begin_inset space ~
25864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25866 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25875 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25876 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25905 Dummy entries ! maïs
25914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25915 Dummy entries ! maître
25924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25925 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25930 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25931 order maïs, maison, maître.
25932 To achieve this, we use the command
25935 \begin_layout Standard
25938 previous entry@current entry
25941 \begin_layout Standard
25942 In our case we want to have
25943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25958 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25961 \begin_layout Standard
25967 \begin_layout Standard
25968 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25969 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25973 \begin_layout Subsection
25978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25979 Index ! Entry layout
25987 \begin_layout Standard
25988 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
25992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25995 This is an italic dummy entry
26000 You can also format the page number using the character
26001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26008 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26009 We can write for example
26012 \begin_layout Standard
26015 italic page number:|textit
26018 \begin_layout Standard
26019 to get the page number in italic.
26023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26024 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26029 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26047 \begin_inset space ~
26053 Have a look at section
26054 \begin_inset space ~
26058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26060 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26064 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26067 \begin_layout Standard
26068 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26076 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26080 to generate the index, see section
26081 \begin_inset space ~
26085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26087 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26096 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26097 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26099 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26102 key "latexcompanion"
26114 \begin_layout Standard
26115 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26117 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26118 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26119 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26120 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26121 If so, put the following in preamble
26124 \begin_layout Standard
26136 \begin_layout Standard
26140 \begin_layout Standard
26146 \begin_layout Standard
26147 into the index entry.
26151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26152 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26157 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26158 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26159 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26162 \begin_layout Standard
26163 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26169 \begin_inset space \space{}
26172 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26173 for all index entries.
26174 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26186 documentation for details,
26187 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26189 key "makeindex,xindy"
26196 \begin_layout Subsection
26201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26210 name "sub:Index-Program"
26217 \begin_layout Standard
26218 When the index entry program
26222 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26223 generation, otherwise the program
26227 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26228 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26229 dialog, see section
26230 \begin_inset space ~
26234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26236 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26241 The available options are listed and explained in
26242 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26244 key "makeindex,xindy"
26249 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26252 \begin_layout Standard
26257 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26258 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26260 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26262 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26263 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26271 \begin_layout Section
26272 Nomenclature / Glossary
26276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26317 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26324 \begin_layout Standard
26325 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26326 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26330 \begin_layout Standard
26331 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26340 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26346 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26347 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26353 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26356 \begin_layout Standard
26357 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26358 and then use the menu
26360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26366 \begin_inset space ~
26371 or the toolbar button
26372 \begin_inset Graphics
26373 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26374 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26391 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26394 \begin_layout Standard
26395 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26396 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26397 The second is the description of the symbol.
26400 \begin_layout Standard
26401 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26409 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26417 \begin_layout Subsection
26418 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26423 Nomenclature ! Layout
26431 \begin_layout Standard
26432 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26436 field as LaTeX-formula.
26438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26442 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26450 \begin_inset Newline newline
26458 \begin_inset Newline newline
26464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26471 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26472 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26484 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26494 \begin_layout Standard
26495 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26496 \begin_inset space ~
26500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26502 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26509 \begin_layout Standard
26513 \begin_inset space ~
26518 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26519 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26524 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26531 in this document is:
26532 \begin_inset Newline newline
26537 dummy entry for the character
26542 \begin_inset Newline newline
26554 \begin_inset space ~
26564 font use the command
26593 \begin_layout Subsection
26594 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26599 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26607 \begin_layout Standard
26608 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26609 the symbol definition.
26610 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26611 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26614 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26615 LatexCommand nomenclature
26617 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26624 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26628 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26629 LatexCommand nomenclature
26632 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26637 They will be sorted by
26638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26664 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26667 will be sorted before the
26671 since the character
26672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26679 is considered in sorting.
26682 \begin_layout Standard
26683 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26686 \begin_inset space ~
26691 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26692 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26694 For the given example, you can insert
26698 to this field for the
26699 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26706 will be located before
26707 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26713 \begin_layout Standard
26714 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26719 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26728 \begin_layout Subsection
26729 Nomenclature Options
26733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26734 Nomenclature ! Options
26742 \begin_layout Standard
26747 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26748 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26751 \begin_layout Description
26752 refeq Appends the phrase
26753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26768 to every nomenclature entry, where
26774 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26777 \begin_layout Description
26778 refpage Appends the phrase
26779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26794 to every nomenclature entry, where
26800 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26803 \begin_layout Description
26804 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26807 \begin_layout Standard
26808 There are furthermore the options
26852 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26856 \begin_layout Standard
26857 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26858 class options list in the
26860 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26864 In this document the option
26871 \begin_layout Standard
26872 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26878 \begin_layout Standard
26879 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26880 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26885 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26888 \begin_layout Description
26898 \begin_layout Description
26901 nomrefpage Like the
26908 \begin_layout Description
26911 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26920 \begin_layout Description
26924 \begin_inset space ~
26930 \begin_inset space ~
26935 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26938 \begin_layout Subsection
26939 Printing the Nomenclature
26943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26944 Nomenclature ! Printing
26952 \begin_layout Standard
26953 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26955 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26957 \begin_inset space ~
26961 \begin_inset space ~
26964 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26968 A light blue box labeled
26969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26980 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26981 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26984 \begin_layout Standard
26985 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26994 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27002 For example, in order to change the name to
27006 , add the following line to the preamble:
27009 \begin_layout Standard
27017 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27020 \begin_layout Standard
27021 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27027 \begin_layout Standard
27028 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27029 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27032 \begin_layout Standard
27040 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27043 \begin_layout Standard
27046 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27047 \begin_inset space ~
27051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27053 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27058 The default value is 1
27059 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27065 \begin_layout Subsection
27066 Nomenclature Program
27070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27071 Nomenclature ! Program
27077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27079 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27086 \begin_layout Standard
27087 LyX uses the program
27091 to generate the nomenclature, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
27092 LyX's preferences dialog allows to specify another program or to control
27097 by adding options, see section
27098 \begin_inset space ~
27102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27104 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27109 The available options are listed and explained in
27110 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27112 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27119 \begin_layout Section
27124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27135 Document ! Branches
27141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27143 name "sec:Branches"
27150 \begin_layout Standard
27151 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27152 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27153 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27154 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27157 \begin_layout Standard
27158 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27159 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27160 To create a branch, go in the
27162 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27170 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27171 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27174 \begin_layout Standard
27175 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27176 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27178 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27181 where you can choose a branch.
27182 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27185 \begin_layout Standard
27186 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27187 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27190 \begin_layout Standard
27191 \begin_inset Branch Question
27194 \begin_layout Standard
27195 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27204 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27207 \begin_layout Standard
27208 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27216 \begin_layout Standard
27217 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27223 \begin_layout Standard
27224 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27225 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27227 For example you can define for the question branch
27231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27232 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27233 \begin_inset space ~
27237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27239 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27251 \begin_layout Standard
27261 \begin_layout Standard
27271 \begin_layout Standard
27272 and for the answer branch
27275 \begin_layout Standard
27285 \begin_layout Standard
27295 \begin_layout Standard
27296 \begin_inset Branch Question
27299 \begin_layout Standard
27303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27331 \begin_layout Standard
27332 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27335 \begin_layout Standard
27339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27367 \begin_layout Standard
27368 Now it is possible to use the commands
27372 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27379 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27382 to obtain conditional output.
27383 Here is an example formula where only the
27390 \begin_inset Formula \[
27391 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27398 \begin_layout Standard
27399 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27407 \begin_layout Section
27409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27411 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27428 \begin_layout Standard
27433 dialog provides under
27437 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27438 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27447 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27455 \begin_layout Standard
27460 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27461 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27462 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27464 You can specify in the dialog tab
27468 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27470 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27471 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27475 \begin_layout Standard
27480 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27481 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27482 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27484 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27485 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27487 \begin_inset space ~
27490 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27491 \begin_inset space ~
27494 1 will only display the sections.
27497 \begin_layout Standard
27498 The header informations in the dialog tab
27502 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27503 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27508 \begin_inset space \space{}
27511 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27512 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27515 Automatic fill header
27517 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27518 title and author settings.
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27524 Load in fullscreen mode
27526 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27529 \begin_layout Standard
27530 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27531 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27537 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27538 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27547 \begin_layout Section
27548 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27551 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27558 \begin_layout Subsection
27563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27572 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27579 \begin_layout Standard
27580 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27581 constructs, but not all.
27582 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27583 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27584 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27585 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27586 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27590 \begin_layout Standard
27591 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27593 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27595 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27597 \begin_inset space ~
27602 or by the toolbar button
27603 \begin_inset Graphics
27604 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27609 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27613 \begin_layout Standard
27614 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27615 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27616 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27623 , you can write the command part
27629 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27633 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27634 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27635 the following example:
27638 \begin_layout Standard
27639 \begin_inset Graphics
27640 filename clipart/ERT.png
27648 \begin_layout Standard
27652 \begin_layout Standard
27653 This is a line with a
27657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27680 \begin_layout Standard
27681 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27689 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27690 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27698 \begin_layout Subsection
27699 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27700 \begin_inset OptArg
27703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27720 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27722 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27729 \begin_layout Standard
27730 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27731 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27732 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27741 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27742 every time if you know the right commands.
27744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27748 \begin_inset space \space{}
27751 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27752 the end of the day.
27753 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27754 all caption labels bold.
27755 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27757 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27760 \begin_layout Standard
27761 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27762 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27763 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27765 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27774 \begin_layout Standard
27775 As result you know that the package
27783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27784 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27790 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27792 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27798 \begin_layout Standard
27803 usepackage[options]{package name}
27806 \begin_layout Standard
27807 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27808 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27809 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27812 \begin_layout Standard
27813 In your case the package name is
27818 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27823 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27824 So you add the command
27827 \begin_layout Standard
27832 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27835 \begin_layout Standard
27836 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27841 For more commands provided by the
27845 package, have a look at its documentation,
27846 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27860 \begin_layout Standard
27861 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27863 For example if you use a
27867 class, you don't need the package
27871 , you can instead write
27874 \begin_layout Standard
27879 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27884 \begin_layout Standard
27885 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27886 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27887 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27894 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27897 \begin_layout Standard
27898 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27899 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27901 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
27902 the previous section.
27905 \begin_layout Standard
27906 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27908 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27910 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27918 \begin_layout Section
27919 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27922 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27949 \begin_layout Standard
27950 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27951 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27952 to break your train of thought with
27954 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27960 \begin_layout Standard
27961 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27962 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27971 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27976 as explained below, and turn on
27979 \begin_inset space ~
27986 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27992 \begin_inset space ~
27996 \begin_inset space ~
27999 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28005 \begin_layout Standard
28006 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28008 Previews of an already loaded document are
28012 generated just by selecting the
28015 \begin_inset space ~
28020 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28023 \begin_layout Standard
28024 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28025 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28028 \begin_inset space ~
28033 check box in the insert dialog.
28034 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28038 \begin_layout Standard
28039 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28043 (on some systems named simply
28048 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28050 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28056 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28057 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28065 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28069 \begin_layout Standard
28070 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28076 \begin_layout Standard
28077 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28081 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28083 \begin_inset space ~
28088 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28089 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28091 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28092 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28093 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28094 the source view window.
28097 \begin_layout Section
28099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28101 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28118 \begin_layout Standard
28119 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28120 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28137 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28143 can be seen as successor of
28147 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28152 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28153 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28161 \begin_layout Standard
28162 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28163 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28170 \begin_layout Standard
28173 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28176 or the toolbar button
28177 \begin_inset Graphics
28178 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28179 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28183 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28184 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28185 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28186 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28187 scrolled so that it is visible.
28192 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28194 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28198 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28199 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28202 \begin_layout Standard
28203 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28206 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28210 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28211 will bring an error message.
28212 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28213 specifying a different
28215 Alternative language
28217 in preferences dialog.
28220 \begin_layout Standard
28221 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28224 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28228 \begin_layout Standard
28229 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28230 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28232 But you can use the
28235 \begin_inset space ~
28239 \begin_inset space ~
28247 \begin_layout Standard
28248 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28249 This does work with
28253 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28256 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28260 \begin_layout Standard
28265 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28268 \begin_layout Description
28270 \begin_inset space ~
28273 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28274 should consider, e.
28275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28279 \begin_inset space \space{}
28282 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28283 This should not normally be needed.
28286 \begin_layout Description
28288 \begin_inset space ~
28291 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28292 as your personal dictionary
28295 \begin_layout Description
28297 \begin_inset space ~
28301 \begin_inset space ~
28304 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28316 \begin_layout Description
28318 \begin_inset space ~
28322 \begin_inset space ~
28325 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28327 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28334 also for the spellchecker.
28338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28339 The encodings are explained in section
28340 \begin_inset space ~
28344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28346 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28355 Only enable this if you use
28359 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28360 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28361 so this is disabled by default.
28364 \begin_layout Section
28369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28378 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28385 \begin_layout Standard
28386 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28389 \begin_layout Standard
28390 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28393 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28396 or the toolbar button
28397 \begin_inset Graphics
28398 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28399 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28400 rotateOrigin center
28405 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28409 \begin_layout Standard
28410 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28411 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28412 cases to find related words.
28415 \begin_layout Standard
28416 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28418 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28426 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28435 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28454 \begin_layout Section
28459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28470 Document ! Change Tracking
28476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28478 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28485 \begin_layout Standard
28486 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28487 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28488 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28489 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28491 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28493 \begin_inset space ~
28496 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28498 \begin_inset space ~
28506 \begin_layout Standard
28507 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28516 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28519 \begin_inset space ~
28523 \begin_inset space ~
28536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28545 \begin_layout Standard
28546 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28559 \begin_layout Standard
28560 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28566 \begin_layout Standard
28567 \begin_inset Graphics
28568 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28575 \begin_layout Standard
28576 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28582 \begin_layout Standard
28583 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28587 \begin_layout Standard
28588 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28594 \begin_layout Standard
28595 \begin_inset Tabular
28596 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28597 <features islongtable="true">
28598 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28599 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28605 \begin_inset Graphics
28606 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28607 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28608 rotateOrigin center
28617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28623 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28625 \begin_inset space ~
28628 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28630 \begin_inset space ~
28639 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28644 \begin_inset Graphics
28645 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28646 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28647 rotateOrigin center
28656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28662 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28664 \begin_inset space ~
28667 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28669 \begin_inset space ~
28673 \begin_inset space ~
28677 \begin_inset space ~
28686 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28691 \begin_inset Graphics
28692 filename ../images/change-next.png
28693 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28694 rotateOrigin center
28703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28707 Jumps to the next change
28713 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28718 \begin_inset Graphics
28719 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28720 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28721 rotateOrigin center
28730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28736 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28738 \begin_inset space ~
28741 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28743 \begin_inset space ~
28752 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28757 \begin_inset Graphics
28758 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28759 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28760 rotateOrigin center
28769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28775 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28777 \begin_inset space ~
28780 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28782 \begin_inset space ~
28791 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28796 \begin_inset Graphics
28797 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28798 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28799 rotateOrigin center
28808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28814 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28816 \begin_inset space ~
28819 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28821 \begin_inset space ~
28830 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28835 \begin_inset Graphics
28836 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28837 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28838 rotateOrigin center
28847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28853 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28855 \begin_inset space ~
28858 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28860 \begin_inset space ~
28864 \begin_inset space ~
28873 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28878 \begin_inset Graphics
28879 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28880 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28881 rotateOrigin center
28890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28896 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28898 \begin_inset space ~
28901 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28903 \begin_inset space ~
28907 \begin_inset space ~
28916 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28921 \begin_inset Graphics
28922 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28923 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28924 rotateOrigin center
28933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28940 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28942 \begin_inset space ~
28951 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28956 \begin_inset Graphics
28957 filename ../images/note-next.png
28958 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28959 rotateOrigin center
28968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28974 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28976 \begin_inset space ~
28992 \begin_layout Standard
28993 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28999 \begin_layout Standard
29000 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29001 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29002 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29003 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29004 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29005 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29006 step to the next change.
29007 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29010 \begin_layout Standard
29011 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29012 to describe a change.
29015 \begin_layout Standard
29016 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29025 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29031 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29032 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29038 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29041 \begin_layout Section
29042 International Support
29046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29047 International support
29055 \begin_layout Standard
29056 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29057 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29058 how to set up LyX to use them:
29059 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29061 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29068 \begin_layout Standard
29069 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29070 \begin_inset space ~
29074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29076 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29083 \begin_layout Subsection
29088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29099 Document ! Settings
29108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29109 Document ! Language
29117 \begin_layout Standard
29120 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29123 dialog lets you set
29125 the language and character encoding for your language.
29129 \begin_layout Standard
29130 Choose your language in the
29134 section of this dialog.
29142 \begin_layout Standard
29147 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29152 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29153 For details about the different encoding options see section
29154 \begin_inset space ~
29158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29160 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29167 \begin_layout Subsection
29168 Keyboard mapping configuration
29169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29171 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29178 \begin_layout Standard
29179 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29180 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29181 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29182 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29183 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29185 \begin_inset space ~
29189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29191 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29196 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29197 which one you want to use.
29200 \begin_layout Standard
29201 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29202 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29203 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29204 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29205 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29206 one to support the characters you want.
29207 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29214 \begin_layout Subsection
29218 \begin_layout Standard
29220 \begin_inset space ~
29224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29226 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29235 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29239 \begin_layout Standard
29240 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29241 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29249 \begin_layout Itemize
29250 Even if you have selected
29256 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29259 dialog, users who have only the
29263 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29267 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29268 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29269 french quotes won't show up.
29272 \begin_layout Standard
29273 \begin_inset Float table
29278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29279 \begin_inset Caption
29281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29284 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29302 \begin_inset Tabular
29303 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29305 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29306 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29307 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29308 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29309 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29310 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29311 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29312 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29313 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29317 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29320 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29321 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33734 \begin_layout Standard
33735 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33737 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33738 also the characters from
33750 \begin_layout Itemize
33759 \begin_layout Standard
33760 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33761 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33767 \begin_layout Standard
33768 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33769 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33775 \begin_layout Standard
33776 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33777 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33783 \begin_layout Standard
33784 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33785 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33791 \begin_layout Standard
33793 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33799 \begin_layout Standard
33801 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33807 \begin_layout Standard
33809 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33816 \begin_layout Itemize
33829 \begin_layout Standard
33831 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33837 \begin_layout Standard
33839 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33845 \begin_layout Standard
33847 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33853 \begin_layout Standard
33855 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33861 \begin_layout Standard
33863 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33869 \begin_layout Standard
33871 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33878 \begin_layout Standard
33879 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33880 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33881 Also make sure you're using the
33888 \begin_layout Chapter
33891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33893 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33900 \begin_layout Standard
33901 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33902 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33903 inside the user's guide.
33906 \begin_layout Section
33911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33920 \begin_layout Standard
33925 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33926 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33929 \begin_layout Subsection
33933 \begin_layout Standard
33934 Creates a new document.
33937 \begin_layout Subsection
33941 \begin_layout Standard
33942 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33943 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33944 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33947 \begin_layout Subsection
33951 \begin_layout Standard
33955 \begin_layout Subsection
33959 \begin_layout Standard
33960 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33961 Click there on a file to open it.
33964 \begin_layout Subsection
33968 \begin_layout Standard
33969 Closes the current document.
33972 \begin_layout Subsection
33976 \begin_layout Standard
33977 Saves the actual document.
33980 \begin_layout Subsection
33984 \begin_layout Standard
33985 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33988 \begin_layout Subsection
33992 \begin_layout Standard
33993 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33996 \begin_layout Subsection
34000 \begin_layout Standard
34001 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34002 It is described in the section
34004 Version Control in LyX
34009 \begin_inset space ~
34017 \begin_layout Subsection
34021 \begin_layout Standard
34022 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34023 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34024 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34027 \begin_layout Standard
34028 When using the menu
34031 \begin_inset space ~
34035 \begin_inset space ~
34040 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34041 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34043 will start a new paragraph.
34046 \begin_layout Subsection
34048 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34057 \begin_layout Standard
34058 You can export your document to various file formats.
34059 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34060 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34061 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34064 \begin_layout Standard
34065 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34067 \begin_inset space ~
34071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34073 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34080 \begin_layout Description
34084 \begin_inset space ~
34089 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34090 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34093 \begin_layout Description
34101 \begin_layout Description
34102 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34106 \begin_layout Description
34108 \begin_inset space ~
34112 \begin_inset space ~
34115 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34119 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34127 \begin_layout Description
34134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34142 \begin_inset space ~
34147 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34148 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34152 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34155 \begin_layout Description
34162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34170 \begin_inset space ~
34175 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34176 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34184 \begin_layout Description
34186 \begin_inset space ~
34189 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34197 is replaced by the version number)
34200 \begin_layout Description
34201 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34214 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34218 \begin_layout Description
34223 PDF-format using the program
34228 \begin_layout Description
34232 \begin_inset space ~
34237 PDF-format using the program
34242 \begin_layout Description
34246 \begin_inset space ~
34251 PDF-format using the program
34256 \begin_layout Description
34260 \begin_inset space ~
34268 \begin_layout Description
34272 \begin_inset space ~
34276 \begin_inset space ~
34281 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34282 and then exported as text using the program
34287 \begin_layout Description
34292 PostScript format using the program
34297 \begin_layout Description
34305 \begin_layout Standard
34310 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34311 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34317 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34320 \begin_layout Standard
34321 If one of the menu entries
34328 \begin_inset space ~
34337 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34338 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34339 \begin_inset space ~
34343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34345 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34354 Reconfiguration of LyX
34362 \begin_layout Standard
34367 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34368 the export program.
34371 \begin_layout Subsection
34375 \begin_layout Standard
34376 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34377 or send it to a printer.
34378 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34379 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34385 For more informations have a look at section
34386 \begin_inset space ~
34390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34392 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34399 \begin_layout Subsection
34400 New and Close Window
34403 \begin_layout Standard
34404 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34405 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34408 \begin_layout Section
34413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34422 \begin_layout Subsection
34426 \begin_layout Standard
34427 Described in section
34428 \begin_inset space ~
34432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34434 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34441 \begin_layout Subsection
34442 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34445 \begin_layout Standard
34446 Described in section
34447 \begin_inset space ~
34451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34453 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34460 \begin_layout Subsection
34464 \begin_layout Standard
34465 Selects the whole document.
34468 \begin_layout Subsection
34472 \begin_layout Standard
34473 Described in section
34474 \begin_inset space ~
34478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34480 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34487 \begin_layout Subsection
34488 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34491 \begin_layout Standard
34492 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34496 \begin_layout Subsection
34500 \begin_layout Standard
34501 Described in section
34502 \begin_inset space ~
34506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34508 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34515 \begin_layout Subsection
34520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34521 Paragraph ! Settings
34529 \begin_layout Standard
34530 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34532 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34535 \begin_layout Standard
34536 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34537 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34540 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34546 \begin_inset space ~
34554 \begin_layout Subsection
34558 \begin_layout Standard
34559 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34560 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34561 The properties of tables are described in section
34562 \begin_inset space ~
34566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34568 reference "sec:Tables"
34572 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34573 \begin_inset space ~
34577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34579 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34586 \begin_layout Subsection
34587 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34590 \begin_layout Standard
34591 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34593 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34594 \begin_inset space ~
34598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34600 reference "sec:Nesting"
34605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34607 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34614 \begin_layout Section
34619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34628 \begin_layout Standard
34633 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34634 document with an external program.
34635 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34636 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34637 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34638 \begin_inset space ~
34642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34644 reference "sub:Export"
34649 You should at least see the menu entries
34656 \begin_inset space ~
34662 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34663 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34664 \begin_inset space ~
34668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34670 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34679 Reconfiguration of LyX
34687 \begin_layout Standard
34688 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34689 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34690 \begin_inset space ~
34694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34696 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34701 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34704 \begin_layout Standard
34705 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34708 At the bottom of the
34712 menu the opened documents are listed.
34715 \begin_layout Subsection
34716 Open/Close all Insets
34719 \begin_layout Standard
34720 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34723 \begin_layout Subsection
34724 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34727 \begin_layout Standard
34728 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34731 \begin_layout Standard
34732 Math macros are described in the
34739 \begin_layout Subsection
34743 \begin_layout Standard
34744 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34746 \begin_inset space ~
34750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34752 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34759 \begin_layout Subsection
34763 \begin_layout Standard
34764 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34765 opening a new view window.
34768 \begin_layout Subsection
34772 \begin_layout Standard
34773 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
34774 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
34775 the same document, but at different positions.
34776 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
34777 or more documents the same time.
34778 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
34785 \begin_layout Subsection
34789 \begin_layout Standard
34790 Closes a split view.
34793 \begin_layout Subsection
34797 \begin_layout Standard
34798 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
34799 that you will see nothing than your text.
34800 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
34801 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
34802 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
34805 \begin_layout Subsection
34807 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34809 name "sub:Toolbars"
34817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34826 \begin_layout Standard
34827 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34828 All toolbars and the
34831 \begin_inset space ~
34836 can be turned on and off.
34841 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34853 \begin_inset space ~
34862 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34866 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34873 \begin_layout Standard
34878 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34882 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34883 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34884 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34885 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34886 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34889 \begin_layout Standard
34890 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34891 \begin_inset space ~
34895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34897 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34904 \begin_layout Section
34909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34918 \begin_layout Subsection
34922 \begin_layout Standard
34923 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34924 \begin_inset space ~
34928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34930 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34941 \begin_layout Subsection
34943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34945 name "sub:Special-Character"
34952 \begin_layout Standard
34953 Here you can insert the following characters:
34956 \begin_layout Description
34957 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
34958 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
34959 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
34960 \begin_inset Newline newline
34964 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
34967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34972 Not all characters will be visible in the
34976 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
34978 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
34982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34984 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
34988 ) can display every character.
34996 \begin_layout Description
34997 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35001 \begin_layout Description
35003 \begin_inset space ~
35007 \begin_inset space ~
35010 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35011 \begin_inset space ~
35015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35017 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35024 \begin_layout Description
35026 \begin_inset space ~
35029 Quote Inserts this quote:
35030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35033 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35035 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35045 \begin_layout Description
35047 \begin_inset space ~
35050 Quote Inserts this quote:
35051 \begin_inset Quotes els
35057 \begin_layout Description
35059 \begin_inset space ~
35062 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35066 \begin_layout Description
35068 \begin_inset space ~
35071 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35075 \begin_layout Description
35077 \begin_inset space ~
35080 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35084 \begin_layout Description
35086 \begin_inset space ~
35093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35104 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35109 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35110 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35111 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35120 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35126 \begin_inset Newline newline
35129 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35133 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35141 and this Wiki-page:
35142 \begin_inset Newline newline
35146 \begin_inset Flex URL
35149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35151 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35159 \begin_layout Subsection
35163 \begin_layout Standard
35164 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35167 \begin_layout Description
35168 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35169 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35175 \begin_layout Description
35176 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35177 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35183 \begin_layout Description
35185 \begin_inset space ~
35188 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35189 \begin_inset space ~
35193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35195 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35202 \begin_layout Description
35204 \begin_inset space ~
35207 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35208 \begin_inset space ~
35212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35214 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35221 \begin_layout Description
35223 \begin_inset space ~
35226 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35227 \begin_inset space ~
35231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35233 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35240 \begin_layout Description
35242 \begin_inset space ~
35245 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35246 \begin_inset space ~
35250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35252 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35259 \begin_layout Description
35261 \begin_inset space ~
35264 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35265 \begin_inset space ~
35269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35271 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35278 \begin_layout Description
35280 \begin_inset space ~
35283 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35284 \begin_inset space ~
35288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35290 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35297 \begin_layout Description
35299 \begin_inset space ~
35302 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35303 \begin_inset space ~
35307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35309 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35316 \begin_layout Description
35318 \begin_inset space ~
35321 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35322 \begin_inset space ~
35326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35328 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35335 \begin_layout Description
35337 \begin_inset space ~
35341 \begin_inset space ~
35344 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35345 \begin_inset space ~
35349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35351 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35358 \begin_layout Description
35360 \begin_inset space ~
35363 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35364 text line to the page border, see section
35365 \begin_inset space ~
35369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35371 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35378 \begin_layout Description
35380 \begin_inset space ~
35383 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35384 \begin_inset space ~
35388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35390 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35397 \begin_layout Description
35399 \begin_inset space ~
35402 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35403 text page to the page border, described in section
35404 \begin_inset space ~
35408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35410 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35417 \begin_layout Description
35419 \begin_inset space ~
35422 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35423 \begin_inset space ~
35427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35429 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35436 \begin_layout Description
35438 \begin_inset space ~
35442 \begin_inset space ~
35445 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35446 \begin_inset space ~
35450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35452 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35459 \begin_layout Subsection
35463 \begin_layout Standard
35464 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35465 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35467 \begin_inset space ~
35471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35473 reference "sec:toc"
35478 The index list is described in section
35479 \begin_inset space ~
35483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35485 reference "sec:Index"
35489 , the nomenclature in section
35490 \begin_inset space ~
35494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35496 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35500 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35501 \begin_inset space ~
35505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35507 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35514 \begin_layout Subsection
35518 \begin_layout Standard
35519 To insert floats, described in section
35520 \begin_inset space ~
35524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35526 reference "sec:Floats"
35533 \begin_layout Subsection
35537 \begin_layout Standard
35538 To insert notes, described in section
35539 \begin_inset space ~
35543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35545 reference "sec:Notes"
35552 \begin_layout Subsection
35556 \begin_layout Standard
35557 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35558 \begin_inset space ~
35562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35564 reference "sec:Branches"
35571 \begin_layout Subsection
35576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35585 \begin_layout Standard
35586 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35587 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35598 \begin_layout Subsection
35603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35612 \begin_layout Standard
35613 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35614 \begin_inset space ~
35618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35620 reference "sec:Minipages"
35625 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35636 \begin_layout Subsection
35640 \begin_layout Standard
35641 Inserts a citation as described in section
35642 \begin_inset space ~
35646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35648 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35655 \begin_layout Subsection
35659 \begin_layout Standard
35660 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35661 \begin_inset space ~
35665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35667 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35674 \begin_layout Subsection
35678 \begin_layout Standard
35679 Inserts a label as described in section
35680 \begin_inset space ~
35684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35686 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35693 \begin_layout Subsection
35698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35709 Longtables ! Caption
35717 \begin_layout Standard
35718 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35719 Floats are described in section
35720 \begin_inset space ~
35724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35726 reference "sec:Floats"
35730 , captions in longtables are described in section
35741 \begin_layout Subsection
35745 \begin_layout Standard
35746 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35747 \begin_inset space ~
35751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35753 reference "sec:Index"
35760 \begin_layout Subsection
35764 \begin_layout Standard
35765 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35766 \begin_inset space ~
35770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35772 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35779 \begin_layout Subsection
35783 \begin_layout Standard
35785 Tables are described in section
35786 \begin_inset space ~
35790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35792 reference "sec:Tables"
35799 \begin_layout Subsection
35803 \begin_layout Standard
35805 Graphics are described in section
35806 \begin_inset space ~
35810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35812 reference "sec:Graphics"
35819 \begin_layout Subsection
35823 \begin_layout Standard
35824 Inserts an URL as described in section
35825 \begin_inset space ~
35829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35831 reference "sub:URLs"
35838 \begin_layout Subsection
35842 \begin_layout Standard
35843 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
35844 \begin_inset space ~
35848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35850 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
35857 \begin_layout Subsection
35861 \begin_layout Standard
35862 Inserts a footnote, see section
35863 \begin_inset space ~
35867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35869 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35876 \begin_layout Subsection
35880 \begin_layout Standard
35881 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35882 \begin_inset space ~
35886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35888 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35895 \begin_layout Subsection
35899 \begin_layout Standard
35900 Inserts a short title, see section
35901 \begin_inset space ~
35905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35907 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35914 \begin_layout Subsection
35918 \begin_layout Standard
35919 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35920 \begin_inset space ~
35924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35926 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35933 \begin_layout Subsection
35938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35947 \begin_layout Standard
35948 Inserts a program listings box.
35949 Program listings are explained in chapter
35951 Program Code Listings
35960 \begin_layout Subsection
35964 \begin_layout Standard
35965 Inserts the actual date.
35966 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
35968 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35978 There the different methods are also compared.
35981 \begin_layout Section
35986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35995 \begin_layout Standard
35996 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
35997 \begin_inset space ~
36000 of the current document.
36001 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36004 \begin_layout Subsection
36008 \begin_layout Standard
36009 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36010 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36016 \begin_inset space \space{}
36020 \begin_inset space ~
36024 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36025 \begin_inset space ~
36028 2.5 and use the menu
36031 \begin_inset space ~
36035 \begin_inset space ~
36042 \begin_inset space ~
36048 \begin_inset space ~
36052 \begin_inset space ~
36058 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36062 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36068 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36074 \begin_layout Standard
36075 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36076 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36079 \begin_layout Subsection
36080 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36083 \begin_layout Standard
36084 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36088 \begin_layout Subsection
36092 \begin_layout Standard
36093 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36094 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36095 on a cross-reference box.
36098 \begin_layout Section
36103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36112 \begin_layout Subsection
36116 \begin_layout Standard
36117 Change Tracking is described in section
36118 \begin_inset space ~
36122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36124 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36131 \begin_layout Subsection
36136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36146 \begin_layout Standard
36147 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36149 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36152 \begin_layout Standard
36153 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36158 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36161 \begin_layout Subsection
36165 \begin_layout Standard
36166 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36167 \begin_inset space ~
36171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36173 reference "sec:Navigating"
36178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36180 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36187 \begin_layout Subsection
36188 Start Appendix Here
36191 \begin_layout Standard
36192 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36193 position as described in section
36194 \begin_inset space ~
36198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36200 reference "sec:Appendices"
36207 \begin_layout Subsection
36211 \begin_layout Standard
36212 Un/compresses the actual document.
36215 \begin_layout Subsection
36219 \begin_layout Standard
36220 The document settings are described in appendix
36221 \begin_inset space ~
36225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36227 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36234 \begin_layout Section
36239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36248 \begin_layout Subsection
36252 \begin_layout Standard
36253 Spell checking is explained in section
36254 \begin_inset space ~
36258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36260 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36267 \begin_layout Subsection
36271 \begin_layout Standard
36272 The thesaurus is described in section
36273 \begin_inset space ~
36277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36279 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36286 \begin_layout Subsection
36291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36310 \begin_layout Standard
36311 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36312 highlighted document part.
36315 \begin_layout Subsection
36320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36329 \begin_layout Standard
36330 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36333 \begin_layout Subsection
36338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36339 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36350 Reconfiguration of LyX
36354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36371 Reconfiguration of LyX
36379 \begin_layout Standard
36380 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36381 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36382 \begin_inset space ~
36386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36388 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36395 \begin_layout Subsection
36399 \begin_layout Standard
36400 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36407 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36414 \begin_layout Section
36419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36428 \begin_layout Standard
36429 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36433 \begin_layout Standard
36437 \begin_inset space ~
36442 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36443 found by LyX (see also section
36444 \begin_inset space ~
36448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36450 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36457 \begin_layout Section
36459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36461 name "sec:Toolbars"
36468 \begin_layout Standard
36469 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36470 \begin_inset space ~
36474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36476 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36483 \begin_layout Standard
36484 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36485 This is described in the
36487 Additional Features
36492 \begin_layout Subsection
36497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36506 \begin_layout Standard
36507 \begin_inset Graphics
36508 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36516 \begin_layout Standard
36517 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36523 \begin_layout Standard
36524 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36541 \begin_inset Note Note
36544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36545 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36550 manual for more information.
36558 \begin_layout Standard
36559 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36565 \begin_layout Standard
36566 \begin_inset Tabular
36567 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36568 <features islongtable="true">
36569 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36570 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36576 \begin_inset Graphics
36577 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36591 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36604 \begin_layout Standard
36605 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36611 \begin_layout Standard
36613 \begin_inset Tabular
36614 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36615 <features islongtable="true">
36616 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36617 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36618 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36625 \begin_inset Graphics
36626 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36627 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36642 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36649 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36654 \begin_inset Graphics
36655 filename ../images/file-open.png
36656 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36671 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36683 \begin_inset Graphics
36684 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36685 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36707 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36712 \begin_inset Graphics
36713 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36714 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36729 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36736 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36741 \begin_inset Graphics
36742 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36743 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36758 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36765 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36770 \begin_inset Graphics
36771 filename ../images/undo.png
36772 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36787 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36794 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36799 \begin_inset Graphics
36800 filename ../images/redo.png
36801 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36816 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36823 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36828 \begin_inset Graphics
36829 filename ../images/cut.png
36830 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36845 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36852 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36857 \begin_inset Graphics
36858 filename ../images/copy.png
36859 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36874 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36881 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36886 \begin_inset Graphics
36887 filename ../images/paste.png
36888 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36903 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36910 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36915 \begin_inset Graphics
36916 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
36917 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36918 rotateOrigin center
36927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36933 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36939 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36948 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36953 \begin_inset Graphics
36954 filename ../images/font-emph.png
36955 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36968 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
36970 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36972 \begin_inset space ~
36983 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36988 \begin_inset Graphics
36989 filename ../images/font-noun.png
36990 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37003 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37005 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37007 \begin_inset space ~
37018 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37023 \begin_inset Graphics
37024 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37025 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37038 Formats text using the current settings in the
37040 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37042 \begin_inset space ~
37053 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37058 \begin_inset Graphics
37059 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37060 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37076 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37078 \begin_inset space ~
37087 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37092 \begin_inset Graphics
37093 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37094 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37095 rotateOrigin center
37104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37117 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37122 \begin_inset Graphics
37123 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37124 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37125 rotateOrigin center
37134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37140 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37147 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37152 \begin_inset Graphics
37153 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37154 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37155 rotateOrigin center
37164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37168 Toggle outline window on/off,
37170 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37177 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37182 \begin_inset Graphics
37183 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37184 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37185 rotateOrigin center
37194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37198 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37204 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37209 \begin_inset Graphics
37210 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37211 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37212 rotateOrigin center
37221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37225 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37238 \begin_layout Subsection
37243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37252 \begin_layout Standard
37253 \begin_inset Graphics
37254 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37262 \begin_layout Standard
37263 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37269 \begin_layout Standard
37270 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37274 \begin_layout Standard
37275 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37281 \begin_layout Standard
37282 \begin_inset Tabular
37283 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37284 <features islongtable="true">
37285 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37286 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37292 \begin_inset Graphics
37293 filename ../images/layout.png
37294 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37295 rotateOrigin center
37304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37314 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37319 \begin_inset Graphics
37320 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37321 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37322 rotateOrigin center
37331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37341 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37346 \begin_inset Graphics
37347 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37348 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37349 rotateOrigin center
37358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37368 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37373 \begin_inset Graphics
37374 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37375 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37376 rotateOrigin center
37385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37395 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37400 \begin_inset Graphics
37401 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37402 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37403 rotateOrigin center
37412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37422 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37427 \begin_inset Graphics
37428 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37429 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37430 rotateOrigin center
37439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37445 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37447 \begin_inset space ~
37451 \begin_inset space ~
37460 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37465 \begin_inset Graphics
37466 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37467 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37468 rotateOrigin center
37477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37483 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37485 \begin_inset space ~
37489 \begin_inset space ~
37498 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37503 \begin_inset Graphics
37504 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37505 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37520 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37521 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37528 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37533 \begin_inset Graphics
37534 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37535 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37551 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37558 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37563 \begin_inset Graphics
37564 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37565 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37580 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37592 \begin_inset Graphics
37593 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37594 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37609 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37616 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37621 \begin_inset Graphics
37622 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37638 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37645 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37650 \begin_inset Graphics
37651 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37652 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37667 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37669 \begin_inset space ~
37678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37683 \begin_inset Graphics
37684 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37685 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37700 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37702 \begin_inset space ~
37711 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37716 \begin_inset Graphics
37717 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37718 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37733 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37740 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37745 \begin_inset Graphics
37746 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37747 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37748 rotateOrigin center
37757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37763 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37765 \begin_inset space ~
37774 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37779 \begin_inset Graphics
37780 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37781 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37796 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37797 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37799 \begin_inset space ~
37808 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37813 \begin_inset Graphics
37814 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37815 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37830 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37837 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37842 \begin_inset Graphics
37843 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37844 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37859 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37866 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37871 \begin_inset Graphics
37872 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
37873 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37888 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37910 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37915 \begin_inset Graphics
37916 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
37917 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37932 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37933 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37940 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37945 \begin_inset Graphics
37946 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
37947 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37962 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37963 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37965 \begin_inset space ~
37974 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37979 \begin_inset Graphics
37980 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
37981 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37982 rotateOrigin center
37991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37997 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37999 \begin_inset space ~
38008 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38013 \begin_inset Graphics
38014 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38015 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38016 rotateOrigin center
38025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38031 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38033 \begin_inset space ~
38042 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38047 \begin_inset Graphics
38048 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38049 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38050 rotateOrigin center
38059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38065 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38079 \begin_layout Subsection
38080 View / Update Toolbar
38084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38085 Toolbar ! View / Update
38093 \begin_layout Standard
38094 \begin_inset Graphics
38095 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38102 \begin_layout Standard
38103 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38109 \begin_layout Standard
38110 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38114 \begin_layout Standard
38115 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38121 \begin_layout Standard
38122 \begin_inset Tabular
38123 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38124 <features islongtable="true">
38125 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38126 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38127 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38132 \begin_inset Graphics
38133 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38134 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38135 rotateOrigin center
38144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38150 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38157 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38162 \begin_inset Graphics
38163 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38164 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38165 rotateOrigin center
38174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38180 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38181 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38188 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38193 \begin_inset Graphics
38194 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38195 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38196 rotateOrigin center
38205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38211 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38223 \begin_inset Graphics
38224 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38226 rotateOrigin center
38235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38241 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38242 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38249 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38254 \begin_inset Graphics
38255 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38256 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38257 rotateOrigin center
38266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38272 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38279 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38284 \begin_inset Graphics
38285 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38286 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38287 rotateOrigin center
38296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38302 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38303 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38317 \begin_layout Subsection
38321 \begin_layout Standard
38322 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38323 \begin_inset space ~
38327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38329 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38333 , the table toolbar
38337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38347 manual, the math macro toolbar
38351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38364 \begin_layout Chapter
38365 The Document Settings
38366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38368 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38377 Document ! Settings
38385 \begin_layout Standard
38386 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38387 whole document and is called with the menu
38389 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38393 You can save your document settings as default with th
38395 e Save as Document Defaults
38397 button in the dialog.
38398 This will create a template name
38406 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38410 \begin_layout Standard
38411 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38414 \begin_layout Section
38418 \begin_layout Standard
38419 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38421 Document classes are described in section
38422 \begin_inset space ~
38426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38428 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38433 Some classes use some class options by default.
38434 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38438 and you can decide to use them or not.
38439 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38440 recommended not to touch them.
38441 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38447 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38448 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38453 When you want one of the following drivers
38454 \begin_inset Newline newline
38457 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38458 \begin_inset Newline newline
38461 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38462 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38466 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38468 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38480 \begin_layout Standard
38481 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38482 child or subdocument.
38483 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38484 without its master.
38485 This way child documents are always compileable.
38486 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38497 \begin_layout Section
38501 \begin_layout Standard
38502 Modules are explained in section
38503 \begin_inset space ~
38507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38509 reference "sub:Modules"
38516 \begin_layout Section
38520 \begin_layout Standard
38521 The document font settings are described in section
38522 \begin_inset space ~
38526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38528 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38535 \begin_layout Section
38539 \begin_layout Standard
38540 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38542 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38546 \begin_layout Standard
38547 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38548 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38549 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38552 \begin_layout Standard
38553 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38561 \begin_layout Section
38565 \begin_layout Standard
38566 A description of this menu is given in section
38567 \begin_inset space ~
38571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38573 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38580 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38587 \begin_layout Section
38591 \begin_layout Standard
38592 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38593 \begin_inset space ~
38597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38599 reference "sub:Margins"
38606 \begin_layout Section
38611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38612 Language ! Encoding
38620 \begin_layout Standard
38621 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38622 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38623 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38624 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38625 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38626 known for a particular character).
38630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38631 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38632 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38637 manual for details.
38645 \begin_layout Standard
38646 If you use the option
38650 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38651 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38652 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38653 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38654 exactly one encoding.
38655 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38664 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38665 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38667 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38668 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38682 \begin_layout Standard
38683 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38684 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38685 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38686 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38687 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38688 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38693 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38694 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38695 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38698 \begin_layout Standard
38699 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38702 \begin_layout Description
38704 \begin_inset space ~
38708 \begin_inset space ~
38712 \begin_inset space ~
38719 , but the LaTeX-package
38727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38728 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38734 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38735 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38736 languages in TeX code.
38739 \begin_layout Description
38740 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
38741 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
38742 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
38745 \begin_layout Description
38747 \begin_inset space ~
38751 \begin_inset space ~
38754 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
38757 \begin_layout Description
38759 \begin_inset space ~
38763 \begin_inset space ~
38766 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
38769 \begin_layout Description
38771 \begin_inset space ~
38774 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
38777 \begin_layout Description
38779 \begin_inset space ~
38783 \begin_inset space ~
38786 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
38787 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
38790 \begin_layout Description
38792 \begin_inset space ~
38796 \begin_inset space ~
38799 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
38803 \begin_layout Description
38805 \begin_inset space ~
38809 \begin_inset space ~
38812 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
38813 ISO-8859-13 encoding
38816 \begin_layout Description
38818 \begin_inset space ~
38822 \begin_inset space ~
38826 \begin_inset space ~
38829 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
38830 \begin_inset space ~
38836 \begin_layout Description
38838 \begin_inset space ~
38842 \begin_inset space ~
38846 \begin_inset space ~
38849 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
38850 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
38853 \begin_layout Description
38855 \begin_inset space ~
38859 \begin_inset space ~
38862 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
38863 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
38864 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38865 \begin_inset space ~
38869 \begin_inset space ~
38875 \begin_layout Description
38877 \begin_inset space ~
38881 \begin_inset space ~
38884 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
38885 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
38886 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
38887 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38888 \begin_inset space ~
38892 \begin_inset space ~
38898 \begin_layout Description
38900 \begin_inset space ~
38904 \begin_inset space ~
38907 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
38910 \begin_layout Description
38912 \begin_inset space ~
38916 \begin_inset space ~
38919 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
38922 \begin_layout Description
38924 \begin_inset space ~
38928 \begin_inset space ~
38931 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
38934 \begin_layout Description
38936 \begin_inset space ~
38939 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
38942 \begin_layout Description
38944 \begin_inset space ~
38947 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
38950 \begin_layout Description
38952 \begin_inset space ~
38956 \begin_inset space ~
38959 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
38962 \begin_layout Description
38964 \begin_inset space ~
38968 \begin_inset space ~
38974 \begin_layout Description
38976 \begin_inset space ~
38980 \begin_inset space ~
38983 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
38986 \begin_layout Description
38988 \begin_inset space ~
38992 \begin_inset space ~
38998 \begin_layout Description
39000 \begin_inset space ~
39004 \begin_inset space ~
39007 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39016 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39021 , when using this, set the document language to
39026 \begin_layout Description
39028 \begin_inset space ~
39032 \begin_inset space ~
39035 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39039 , when using this, set the document language to
39044 \begin_layout Description
39046 \begin_inset space ~
39050 \begin_inset space ~
39053 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39062 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39067 , when using this, set the document language to
39072 \begin_layout Description
39074 \begin_inset space ~
39078 \begin_inset space ~
39081 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39085 , when using this, set the document language to
39090 \begin_layout Description
39092 \begin_inset space ~
39096 \begin_inset space ~
39099 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39103 , when using this, set the document language to
39108 \begin_layout Description
39110 \begin_inset space ~
39113 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39116 \begin_layout Description
39118 \begin_inset space ~
39122 \begin_inset space ~
39126 \begin_inset space ~
39129 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39132 \begin_layout Description
39134 \begin_inset space ~
39138 \begin_inset space ~
39142 \begin_inset space ~
39145 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39146 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39147 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39150 \begin_layout Description
39152 \begin_inset space ~
39156 \begin_inset space ~
39162 \begin_layout Description
39164 \begin_inset space ~
39168 \begin_inset space ~
39171 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39172 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39175 \begin_layout Description
39177 \begin_inset space ~
39181 \begin_inset space ~
39184 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39193 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39198 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39201 \begin_layout Description
39203 \begin_inset space ~
39207 \begin_inset space ~
39210 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39214 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39223 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39224 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39238 \begin_layout Description
39240 \begin_inset space ~
39244 \begin_inset space ~
39247 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39256 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39261 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39264 \begin_layout Description
39266 \begin_inset space ~
39269 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39278 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39284 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39288 \begin_layout Description
39290 \begin_inset space ~
39294 \begin_inset space ~
39298 \begin_inset space ~
39301 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39302 \begin_inset space ~
39308 \begin_layout Description
39310 \begin_inset space ~
39314 \begin_inset space ~
39318 \begin_inset space ~
39321 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39322 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39323 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39327 \begin_layout Description
39329 \begin_inset space ~
39333 \begin_inset space ~
39337 \begin_inset space ~
39340 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39341 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39344 \begin_layout Section
39348 \begin_layout Standard
39349 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39351 \begin_inset space ~
39355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39357 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39364 \begin_layout Section
39368 \begin_layout Standard
39369 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39378 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39392 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39398 For a further description see section
39399 \begin_inset space ~
39403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39405 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39412 \begin_layout Section
39416 \begin_layout Standard
39417 The PDF properties are explained in section
39418 \begin_inset space ~
39422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39424 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39431 \begin_layout Section
39435 \begin_layout Standard
39436 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39445 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39459 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39464 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39467 \begin_layout Standard
39472 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39473 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39476 \begin_layout Standard
39481 is used for special integral characters.
39484 \begin_layout Section
39488 \begin_layout Standard
39489 The float placement options are described in section
39490 \begin_inset space ~
39494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39496 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39503 \begin_layout Section
39507 \begin_layout Standard
39508 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39509 The itemize environment is described in section
39510 \begin_inset space ~
39514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39516 reference "sec:Itemize"
39523 \begin_layout Section
39527 \begin_layout Standard
39528 Branches are described in section
39529 \begin_inset space ~
39533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39535 reference "sec:Branches"
39542 \begin_layout Section
39547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39557 \begin_layout Standard
39558 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39559 to define LaTeX-commands.
39560 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39561 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39565 \begin_layout Standard
39566 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39567 \begin_inset space ~
39571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39573 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39580 \begin_layout Chapter
39586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39588 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39605 \begin_layout Standard
39606 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39608 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39612 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39615 \begin_layout Section
39619 \begin_layout Subsection
39623 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39624 User Interface File
39628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39629 Customization ! of toolbars
39638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39639 Customization ! of menus
39647 \begin_layout Standard
39648 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39656 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39665 \begin_layout Standard
39666 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39667 interface (ui) file.
39668 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39669 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39678 Both files are loaded by the
39683 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39684 files and edit the entries.
39687 \begin_layout Standard
39688 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39700 entries must be ended with an explicit
39725 and in the case of the
39726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39738 The syntax for the entries is:
39741 \begin_layout Standard
39742 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39770 \begin_layout Standard
39772 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39775 All LyX-functions are listed in
39776 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39785 \begin_layout Standard
39786 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39792 \begin_layout Standard
39793 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39795 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39798 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39802 \begin_layout Standard
39803 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39808 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39811 \begin_layout Standard
39813 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39816 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39819 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39823 \begin_layout Standard
39826 Enable tool tips in main work area
39828 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
39832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39836 \begin_layout Standard
39840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39847 restoring of window layout and geometries
39849 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
39850 in the last LyX session.
39853 \begin_layout Standard
39856 Restore cursor positions
39858 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39862 \begin_layout Standard
39865 Load opened files from last session
39867 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39870 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39872 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39874 name "sub:Backup documents"
39882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39891 \begin_layout Standard
39896 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39899 \begin_layout Standard
39904 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39907 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39909 \begin_inset space ~
39917 \begin_layout Standard
39920 Open documents in tabs
39922 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
39926 \begin_layout Subsection
39931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39938 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39940 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39947 \begin_layout Standard
39948 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39951 \begin_layout Standard
39952 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39960 This section only deals with the fonts
39965 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39968 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39969 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39980 \begin_layout Standard
39981 By default, LyX uses
39985 as roman (serif) font,
39993 (depends on the system) as
39996 \begin_inset space ~
40012 \begin_layout Standard
40013 You can change the font size with the
40018 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40019 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40022 \begin_layout Standard
40027 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40028 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40033 points have the size of 1
40034 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40038 \begin_inset space ~
40042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40044 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40051 \begin_layout Standard
40056 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40057 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40061 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40062 \begin_inset space ~
40066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40068 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40075 \begin_layout Standard
40078 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40080 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40081 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40082 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40083 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40085 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40086 \begin_inset space ~
40092 \begin_layout Subsection
40097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40116 \begin_layout Standard
40117 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40118 Choose an item in the list and use the
40125 \begin_layout Subsection
40130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40131 Settings ! Graphics
40139 \begin_layout Standard
40140 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40143 \begin_layout Standard
40148 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40149 This feature is described in section
40150 \begin_inset space ~
40154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40156 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40163 \begin_layout Section
40168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40177 \begin_layout Subsection
40181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40185 \begin_layout Standard
40188 Cursor follows scrollbar
40190 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40194 \begin_layout Standard
40197 Sort environments alphabetically
40199 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40202 \begin_layout Standard
40205 Group environments by their category
40207 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40210 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40214 \begin_layout Standard
40215 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40220 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40221 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40225 \begin_layout Subsection
40230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40241 Settings ! Shortcuts
40249 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40253 \begin_layout Standard
40254 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40255 Several binding files are available:
40258 \begin_layout Description
40259 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40262 \begin_layout Description
40263 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40274 \begin_layout Description
40275 mac.bind set of bindings for
40278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40286 \begin_layout Standard
40287 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40291 , and bind files for special languages.
40292 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40293 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40297 \begin_inset space \space{}
40301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40309 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40313 \begin_layout Standard
40314 Some bind-files, like
40318 , have only a small scope.
40319 When looking at the the end of the file
40323 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40330 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40339 Key Bindings ! Editing
40347 \begin_layout Standard
40348 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40349 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40350 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40353 Show key-bindings containing
40356 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40357 Insert there for example as keyword
40358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40365 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40375 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40376 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40380 that you find in the
40387 \begin_layout Standard
40389 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40393 \begin_inset space \space{}
40404 , select the function and press the
40409 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40410 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40411 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40412 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40413 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40415 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40417 The binding for the function
40421 is an example for this.
40424 \begin_layout Standard
40425 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40427 The syntax of the entries is:
40430 \begin_layout Standard
40436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40454 \begin_layout Subsection
40456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40460 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40466 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40485 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40493 \begin_layout Standard
40494 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40495 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40501 \begin_inset space \space{}
40504 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40505 can use the keyboard map file named
40512 \begin_layout Standard
40513 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40521 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40529 \begin_layout Standard
40530 Besides this, you can specify here the
40532 Wheel scrolling speed
40535 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40539 \begin_layout Subsection
40541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40543 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40560 \begin_layout Standard
40561 Input completion is described in sec.
40562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40568 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40573 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40575 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40576 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40580 \begin_layout Section
40585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40604 \begin_layout Description
40606 \begin_inset space ~
40609 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40610 It is the default when you
40621 \begin_inset space ~
40629 \begin_layout Description
40631 \begin_inset space ~
40634 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40636 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40638 \begin_inset space ~
40642 \begin_inset space ~
40650 \begin_layout Description
40652 \begin_inset space ~
40655 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
40661 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40665 \begin_inset Newline newline
40669 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40681 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
40689 \begin_layout Description
40691 \begin_inset space ~
40698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40704 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40705 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40706 \begin_inset space ~
40710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40712 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40720 will be used to save the backups.
40721 \begin_inset Newline newline
40724 The backup files have the ending
40725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40735 \begin_layout Description
40740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40747 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40748 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40749 \begin_inset Newline newline
40753 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40761 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40769 \begin_layout Description
40771 \begin_inset space ~
40774 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40777 \begin_layout Description
40779 \begin_inset space ~
40782 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40783 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40784 to find it on the system.
40785 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40786 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40788 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40792 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40795 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40796 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40800 \begin_layout Section
40804 \begin_layout Standard
40805 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40806 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40808 \begin_inset space ~
40812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40814 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40818 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40821 \begin_layout Section
40826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40827 Language ! Settings
40836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40837 Settings ! Language
40845 \begin_layout Subsection
40849 \begin_layout Description
40851 \begin_inset space ~
40855 \begin_inset space ~
40858 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
40859 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
40860 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
40861 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
40862 You find the actual translation status here:
40863 \begin_inset CommandInset href
40865 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
40866 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
40873 \begin_layout Description
40875 \begin_inset space ~
40878 language is the language used in new documents
40881 \begin_layout Description
40883 \begin_inset space ~
40886 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40888 The default is the LaTeX-command
40894 that loads the package
40902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40903 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40904 \begin_inset space ~
40908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40910 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40920 \begin_inset Newline newline
40927 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40928 the document language.
40929 A text label is for instance the word
40930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40937 at the beginning of every table caption.
40940 \begin_layout Description
40942 \begin_inset space ~
40945 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40946 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40947 An example is the start command
40953 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40958 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40973 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40978 \begin_layout Description
40980 \begin_inset space ~
40988 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40989 command toggles the package on and off.
40992 \begin_layout Description
40994 \begin_inset space ~
41004 \begin_layout Description
41005 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41006 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41007 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41008 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41015 \begin_layout Description
41017 \begin_inset space ~
41020 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41022 When this option is not set, the
41025 \begin_inset space ~
41030 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41031 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41034 \begin_inset space ~
41042 \begin_layout Description
41044 \begin_inset space ~
41050 \begin_inset space ~
41056 When it is not set, the
41059 \begin_inset space ~
41064 is set to the end of the document.
41067 \begin_layout Description
41069 \begin_inset space ~
41073 \begin_inset space ~
41076 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41077 language will be underlined blue.
41080 \begin_layout Description
41082 \begin_inset space ~
41086 \begin_inset space ~
41089 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41090 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41093 \begin_layout Description
41095 \begin_inset space ~
41098 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41099 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41100 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41101 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41104 \begin_layout Subsection
41108 \begin_layout Standard
41109 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41110 \begin_inset space ~
41114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41116 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41123 \begin_layout Section
41127 \begin_layout Subsection
41129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41158 \begin_layout Description
41160 \begin_inset space ~
41163 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41164 The name will be used when the
41169 \begin_inset Newline newline
41173 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41181 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41190 \begin_layout Description
41192 \begin_inset space ~
41196 \begin_inset space ~
41200 \begin_inset space ~
41203 printer This option works only for the
41208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41220 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41221 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41224 \begin_layout Description
41226 \begin_inset space ~
41229 command is the command LyX
41230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41237 LaTeX uses for printing.
41238 The default is on most systems
41245 \begin_layout Description
41247 \begin_inset space ~
41251 \begin_inset space ~
41254 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41255 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41256 of the program that provides the
41263 \begin_layout Subsection
41268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41279 Settings ! Date format
41287 \begin_layout Standard
41288 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41289 \begin_inset Newline newline
41293 \begin_inset Flex URL
41296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41298 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41304 \begin_inset Newline newline
41307 For example the format
41308 \begin_inset Newline newline
41312 \begin_inset Newline newline
41315 prints the date as day/month/year.
41318 \begin_layout Subsection
41322 \begin_layout Description
41324 \begin_inset space ~
41328 \begin_inset space ~
41331 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41334 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41335 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41337 \begin_inset space ~
41343 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41347 \begin_layout Description
41349 \begin_inset space ~
41352 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41357 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41358 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41361 \begin_layout Subsection
41366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41376 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41393 \begin_layout Description
41398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41406 \begin_inset space ~
41409 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41414 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41436 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41449 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41450 LyX sets up in the background.
41451 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41454 \begin_layout Description
41456 \begin_inset space ~
41460 \begin_inset space ~
41463 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41468 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41471 \begin_layout Standard
41472 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41473 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41474 manuals of the applications.
41475 Currently the following commands can be set:
41478 \begin_layout Description
41483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41491 \begin_inset space ~
41494 command Command for the program
41498 that is described in section
41504 Additional Features
41509 \begin_layout Description
41514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41522 \begin_inset space ~
41525 command Command for the program
41529 that generates the bibliography, see section
41530 \begin_inset space ~
41534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41536 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41543 \begin_layout Description
41545 \begin_inset space ~
41548 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41549 \begin_inset space ~
41553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41555 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41562 \begin_layout Description
41564 \begin_inset space ~
41567 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41568 \begin_inset space ~
41572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41574 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41581 \begin_layout Description
41583 \begin_inset space ~
41587 \begin_inset space ~
41591 \begin_inset space ~
41595 \begin_inset space ~
41598 options They only have an effect when the program
41602 is used as DVI-viewer.
41605 \begin_layout Description
41606 There are additionally the following options:
41609 \begin_layout Description
41611 \begin_inset space ~
41615 \begin_inset space ~
41619 \begin_inset space ~
41623 \begin_inset space ~
41627 \begin_inset space ~
41630 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
41631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41648 to separate folders.
41649 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
41653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41672 \begin_layout Description
41674 \begin_inset space ~
41678 \begin_inset space ~
41682 \begin_inset space ~
41686 \begin_inset space ~
41690 \begin_inset space ~
41694 \begin_inset space ~
41697 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41699 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41702 dialog when changing the document class.
41705 \begin_layout Section
41707 \begin_inset space ~
41714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41723 \begin_layout Subsection
41728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41737 \begin_layout Standard
41738 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41739 from one format to another.
41740 You can modify them or create new ones.
41741 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41748 \begin_inset space ~
41758 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41762 \begin_inset space ~
41767 drop-down list, modify the
41771 field, and press the
41778 \begin_layout Standard
41781 Converter File Cache
41783 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41786 Maximum Age (in days
41789 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41790 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41793 \begin_layout Standard
41794 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41795 the converter definition, is described in section
41806 \begin_layout Subsection
41808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41810 name "sec:File-Formats"
41818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41837 \begin_layout Standard
41838 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41839 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41843 \begin_layout Standard
41844 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41845 is described in section
41856 \begin_layout Standard
41857 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41858 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41859 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41860 This is done by specifying a
41865 More about this is described in section
41876 \begin_layout Chapter
41877 Units available in LyX
41881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41890 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41897 \begin_layout Standard
41898 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41901 reference "cap:Units"
41905 explains all units available in LyX.
41908 \begin_layout Standard
41909 \begin_inset Float table
41915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41916 \begin_inset Caption
41918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41934 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41942 \begin_inset Tabular
41943 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42046 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42070 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42074 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42097 scaled point (65536
42098 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42126 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42130 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42154 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42158 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42162 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42213 % of original image width
42220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42427 \begin_layout Chapter
42429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42438 \begin_layout Standard
42439 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42440 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42443 \begin_layout Itemize
42446 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42449 \begin_layout Itemize
42455 \begin_layout Itemize
42461 \begin_layout Itemize
42467 \begin_layout Itemize
42473 \begin_layout Itemize
42479 \begin_layout Itemize
42485 \begin_layout Itemize
42491 \begin_layout Itemize
42494 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42497 \begin_layout Itemize
42503 \begin_layout Itemize
42509 \begin_layout Itemize
42515 \begin_layout Itemize
42521 \begin_layout Itemize
42527 \begin_layout Itemize
42533 \begin_layout Itemize
42539 \begin_layout Itemize
42545 \begin_layout Itemize
42547 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42556 \begin_layout Standard
42557 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42560 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42567 \begin_layout Bibliography
42568 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42569 LatexCommand bibitem
42576 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42579 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42584 \begin_inset Newline newline
42588 \begin_inset Flex URL
42591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42593 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42601 \begin_layout Bibliography
42602 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42603 LatexCommand bibitem
42604 key "latexcompanion"
42608 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42610 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42613 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42616 \begin_layout Bibliography
42617 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42618 LatexCommand bibitem
42623 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42626 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42629 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42632 \begin_layout Bibliography
42633 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42634 LatexCommand bibitem
42641 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42644 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42647 \begin_layout Bibliography
42648 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42649 LatexCommand bibitem
42661 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42664 \begin_layout Bibliography
42665 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42666 LatexCommand bibitem
42672 \begin_inset Newline newline
42676 \begin_inset Flex URL
42679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42681 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42689 \begin_layout Bibliography
42690 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42691 LatexCommand bibitem
42697 \begin_inset Newline newline
42701 \begin_inset Flex URL
42704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42706 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42714 \begin_layout Bibliography
42715 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42716 LatexCommand bibitem
42722 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42724 name "Documentation"
42725 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42734 \begin_inset Newline newline
42738 \begin_inset Flex URL
42741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42743 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42751 \begin_layout Bibliography
42752 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42753 LatexCommand bibitem
42759 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42761 name "Documentation"
42762 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42771 \begin_inset Newline newline
42775 \begin_inset Flex URL
42778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42780 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42788 \begin_layout Bibliography
42789 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42790 LatexCommand bibitem
42796 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42798 name "Documentation"
42799 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42808 \begin_inset Newline newline
42812 \begin_inset Flex URL
42815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42817 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42825 \begin_layout Bibliography
42826 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42827 LatexCommand bibitem
42833 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42835 name "Documentation"
42836 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42840 of the LaTeX-package
42848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42849 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42855 \begin_inset Newline newline
42859 \begin_inset Flex URL
42862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42864 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42872 \begin_layout Bibliography
42873 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42874 LatexCommand bibitem
42880 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42882 name "Documentation"
42883 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42887 of the LaTeX-package
42895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42896 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42902 \begin_inset Newline newline
42906 \begin_inset Flex URL
42909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42911 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42919 \begin_layout Bibliography
42920 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42921 LatexCommand bibitem
42929 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42931 name "Documentation"
42932 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42938 of the LaTeX-package
42946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42947 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42953 \begin_inset Newline newline
42957 \begin_inset Flex URL
42960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42962 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42970 \begin_layout Bibliography
42971 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42972 LatexCommand bibitem
42978 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42980 name "Documentation"
42981 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42985 of the LaTeX-package
42993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42994 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43000 \begin_inset Newline newline
43004 \begin_inset Flex URL
43007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43009 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43017 \begin_layout Bibliography
43018 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43019 LatexCommand bibitem
43025 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43027 name "Documentation"
43028 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43032 of the LaTeX-package
43040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43041 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43047 \begin_inset Newline newline
43051 \begin_inset Flex URL
43054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43056 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43064 \begin_layout Bibliography
43065 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43066 LatexCommand bibitem
43072 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43074 name "Documentation"
43075 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43079 of the LaTeX-package
43087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43088 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43094 \begin_inset Newline newline
43098 \begin_inset Flex URL
43101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43103 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43111 \begin_layout Bibliography
43112 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43113 LatexCommand bibitem
43119 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43122 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43126 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43127 \begin_inset Newline newline
43131 \begin_inset Flex URL
43134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43136 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43144 \begin_layout Bibliography
43145 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43146 LatexCommand bibitem
43152 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43155 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43159 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43160 \begin_inset Newline newline
43164 \begin_inset Flex URL
43167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43169 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43177 \begin_layout Bibliography
43178 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43179 LatexCommand bibitem
43185 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43188 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43192 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43193 \begin_inset Newline newline
43197 \begin_inset Flex URL
43200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43202 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43210 \begin_layout Bibliography
43211 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43212 LatexCommand bibitem
43218 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43221 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43225 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43226 \begin_inset Newline newline
43230 \begin_inset Flex URL
43233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43235 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43243 \begin_layout Bibliography
43244 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43245 LatexCommand bibitem
43251 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43254 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43258 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43259 \begin_inset Newline newline
43263 \begin_inset Flex URL
43266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43268 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43276 \begin_layout Bibliography
43277 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43278 LatexCommand bibitem
43284 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43287 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43291 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43292 \begin_inset Newline newline
43296 \begin_inset Flex URL
43299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43301 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43309 \begin_layout Bibliography
43310 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43311 LatexCommand bibitem
43317 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43320 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43324 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43325 \begin_inset Newline newline
43329 \begin_inset Flex URL
43332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43334 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43342 \begin_layout Bibliography
43343 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43344 LatexCommand bibitem
43350 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43353 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43357 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43358 \begin_inset Newline newline
43362 \begin_inset Flex URL
43365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43367 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43375 \begin_layout Bibliography
43376 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43377 LatexCommand bibitem
43383 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43386 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43390 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43391 \begin_inset Newline newline
43395 \begin_inset Flex URL
43398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43400 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43408 \begin_layout Bibliography
43409 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43410 LatexCommand bibitem
43416 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43419 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43423 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43424 \begin_inset Newline newline
43428 \begin_inset Flex URL
43431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43433 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43441 \begin_layout Bibliography
43442 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43443 LatexCommand bibitem
43449 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43452 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43456 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43457 \begin_inset Newline newline
43461 \begin_inset Flex URL
43464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43466 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43474 \begin_layout Bibliography
43475 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43476 LatexCommand bibitem
43482 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43485 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43489 about new features in
43494 \begin_inset Newline newline
43498 \begin_inset Flex URL
43501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43503 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43511 \begin_layout Standard
43512 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43546 \begin_inset Note Note
43549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43556 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43557 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43558 bibliography is the second one:
43566 \begin_layout Standard
43567 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43568 LatexCommand bibtex
43569 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43570 options "biblio/alphadin"
43577 \begin_layout Standard
43578 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43581 \begin_layout Standard
43584 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43585 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43590 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43591 LatexCommand printindex